WO2018127250A1 - 一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的方法及装置 - Google Patents

一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018127250A1
WO2018127250A1 PCT/CN2018/077594 CN2018077594W WO2018127250A1 WO 2018127250 A1 WO2018127250 A1 WO 2018127250A1 CN 2018077594 W CN2018077594 W CN 2018077594W WO 2018127250 A1 WO2018127250 A1 WO 2018127250A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
downlink
time domain
downlink data
time
start position
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/077594
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
王磊
托尼
潘学明
郑方政
Original Assignee
电信科学技术研究院有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 filed Critical 电信科学技术研究院有限公司
Priority to US16/476,120 priority Critical patent/US11515988B2/en
Publication of WO2018127250A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018127250A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0078—Timing of allocation
    • H04L5/0082—Timing of allocation at predetermined intervals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091—Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • H04L5/0094—Indication of how sub-channels of the path are allocated
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/30—Resource management for broadcast services
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27—Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method and apparatus for determining a starting location of a downlink data channel.
  • the mobile Internet is subverting the traditional mobile communication business model, providing users with an unprecedented experience.
  • the mobile Internet will promote the further upgrade of human social information interaction methods, providing users with a richer business experience such as augmented reality, virtual reality, ultra high definition video, mobile cloud and so on.
  • the development of mobile Internet will bring about a thousand times increase in mobile traffic, which will promote a new round of changes in mobile communication technologies and industries.
  • the development of the Internet of Things has expanded the range of services for mobile communications, from the traditional communication between people to the intelligent interconnection between people and things, things and things, making mobile communication technology a more abundant industry.
  • both the uplink and downlink transmissions use a frame structure, and a 10 ms-length radio frame includes 10 subframes of 1 ms length, and the downlink control region in one subframe occupies time.
  • the domain resource is the same for all the terminals.
  • the terminal For the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), the terminal needs to be in the control area indicated by the Physical Control Format Indicator Channel (PCFICH).
  • the downlink control information (DCI) is received by the terminal.
  • the terminal For the Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (EPDCCH), the terminal needs to be configured in the Radio Resource Control (RRC) configuration.
  • the physical resource block (PRB) receives its own DCI. That is, in the LTE system, the downlink data channel of all terminals has a determined time domain start position within one transmission time interval.
  • the downlink control region and the data region in one TTI are independent of each other in resources, and the downlink control channel fills the entire time domain position of the downlink control region when mapping, and the time of the downlink data channel
  • the starting position on the domain is determined, that is, the downlink data channel starts from the first Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol except the control region in the TTI or the first in different frequency domain positions.
  • OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • An OFDM symbol begins to transmit.
  • the downlink control region when the downlink control channel only appears in a part of the frequency domain or does not appear in the frequency domain, and does not need to occupy the entire downlink control region or resources in the time domain in the time domain.
  • the starting position of the downlink data channel cannot be determined.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a method and a device for determining a starting position of a downlink data channel, which are used to solve the problem that the prior art is applied to a fifth generation mobile communication (5-Generation, 5G) system for a downlink control channel.
  • 5G fifth generation mobile communication
  • a method for determining a starting location of a downlink data channel is provided for use in a fifth generation mobile communication technology 5G system, including:
  • the base station generates indication signaling, and the base station sends the indication signaling to the terminal.
  • the indication signaling is used to indicate a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in the L downlink transmission time intervals TTI, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling is used to indicate a time domain start location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, where the indication signaling is used to indicate a time domain of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs.
  • the starting position is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth, where the specified bandwidth is part or all of the working bandwidth used by the base station, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and a time unit includes Y Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling is a DCI, where the DCI carries an N1 bit information field, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N1 bit information field is used to indicate downlink in L downlink TTIs.
  • the time domain start position of the data channel is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth; or the indication signaling is radio resource control RRC signaling, where the RRC signaling carries the N2bit An information field, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N2bit information field is used to indicate that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs is: the first in the L downlink TTIs within the specified bandwidth.
  • the indication signaling is broadcast signaling, and the broadcast signaling is sent once every M1 slot slots, where M1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and a slot includes at least one downlink TTI,
  • the broadcast signaling is used to indicate that a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in all L downlink TTIs in the M1 slots is: an Xth time unit in all L downlink TTIs in a specified bandwidth.
  • the indication signaling is used to indicate a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, where the indication signaling is used to indicate: within each of the downlink TTIs in each subband group
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel is a specified time unit, wherein each subband group includes at least one subband, one time unit contains Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling is used to indicate that the time domain start location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is a specified time unit
  • the method includes: the indication signaling is DCI.
  • the DCI carries an information field of Q1*N3bit, where Q1 is the number of groups of subband groups, Q1 and N3 are integers greater than or equal to 1, and each N3bit information in the information domain of the Q1*N3bit The domain corresponds to a subband group, wherein an N3bit information field indicates: a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding subband group, which is the Xth time unit, where X An integer of greater than or equal to 1; or, the indication signaling is RRC signaling, where the RRC signaling carries an information domain of Q2*N4bit, where Q2 is the number of groups of subband groups, and Q2 and N4 are An information field greater than or equal to 1, the information field of each N4
  • the indication signaling is used to indicate that the time domain start location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is a specified time unit
  • the method includes: the indication signaling is DCI.
  • the information field of the Q3 bit is carried in the DCI, where Q3 is the number of groups of the subband group, and Q3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and each 1 bit information field in the information domain of the Q3 bit represents a corresponding sub A flag set with a group, wherein a flag is used to indicate: a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in L downlink TTIs in a corresponding subband group, being the first time unit or the Z1 time
  • the unit, Z1 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a value notified by a broadcast signaling, and Z1 is an integer greater than or equal to 2; or, the indication signaling is RRC signaling, and the RRC signaling is An information field carrying a Q4 bit,
  • Each of the information fields in the information domain of the Q4bit indicates an identifier corresponding to one subband group setting.
  • Bit where one flag is used Indicates that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one subband group is the first time unit or the Z2 time unit, and Z2 is a preset value, and the RRC signaling is notified.
  • the numerical value or the value of the broadcast signaling, Z2 is an integer greater than or equal to 2; or the indication signaling is broadcast signaling, and the broadcast signaling carries a Q5bit information field, where Q5 is a subband group
  • Q5 is a subband group
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel is the first time unit or the Z3 time unit, and Z3 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a broadcast signaling value, and Z3 is greater than or equal to An integer of 2.
  • the indication signaling is used to indicate a time domain start location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, where the indication signaling is a DCI, where the DCI is used to indicate the L downlink TTIs.
  • a resource unit for transmitting downlink data in the downlink data area and a resource unit that is used by the DCI corresponding to the other terminal in the resource unit for transmitting the downlink data, and triggering the terminal to perform the following operations: based on the indication And determining, in a resource unit for transmitting downlink data, a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, except for the resource units except the resource unit occupied by the DCI corresponding to the other terminal,
  • the terminal defaults the time domain start position of the downlink data region, which is the first time unit in the L downlink TTIs, and one time unit includes Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling is used to indicate a time domain start location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, including: the indication signaling is a DCI, and the DCI carries scheduling information, where the scheduling information is a resource unit for instructing a terminal to transmit downlink data in a downlink control region in the L downlink TTIs, and a resource unit for indicating that the terminal is used to transmit downlink data in the downlink data region, and triggering the terminal to perform the following operations:
  • the scheduling information carried in the DCI determines a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, where the downlink control region occupies X time units in the time domain, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • a time unit includes Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the terminal defaults to the time domain start position of the downlink data region, which is the X+1th time unit in the L downlink TTIs.
  • the scheduling information is a specified bandwidth or scheduling information on each subband group, where each subband group includes at least one subband.
  • the indication signaling is used to indicate a time domain start location of a downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, where the indication signaling is DCI, and the DCI carries 1 bit for each subband group.
  • the time domain start position of the data channel, or, in the corresponding non-specific subband group, the first resource unit after the downlink control region occupying X time units in the L downlink TTIs in the time domain is determined.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding non-specific subband group is determined.
  • the resource unit is any one of a physical resource block PRB, a PRB group, a control channel element CCE, or a CCE group.
  • a second aspect provides a method for determining a starting position of a downlink data channel, which is applied to a fifth-generation mobile communication technology 5G system, including: the terminal receives indication signaling sent by the base station; and the terminal determines L based on the indication signaling.
  • the terminal determines, according to the indication signaling, a time domain start location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, where the terminal determines, according to the indication signaling, the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs.
  • the time domain start position is: an Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs within the specified bandwidth, where the specified bandwidth is part or all of the working bandwidth used by the base station, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, one time unit Containing Y orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, Y being an integer greater than or equal to one.
  • the indication signaling is a DCI, where the DCI carries an N1 bit information field, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N1 bit information field is used to indicate downlink in L downlink TTIs.
  • the time domain start position of the data channel is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth; or the indication signaling is RRC signaling, and the RRC signaling carries the N2bit information field,
  • the N2 bit is used to indicate that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs is: the Xth time in the L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth.
  • the indication signaling is broadcast signaling
  • the broadcast signaling is sent once every M1 slot slots, where M1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and one slot includes at least one downlink TTI, the broadcast The signaling is used to indicate that the time domain starting position of the downlink data channel in all L downlink TTIs in the M1 slots is: the Xth time unit in all L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth.
  • the terminal determines, according to the indication signaling, a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, where the terminal determines, according to the indication signaling, L downlinks in each subband group respectively.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the TTI is a specified time unit, wherein each subband group includes at least one subband, one time unit includes Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the terminal determines, according to the indication signaling, that a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is a specified time unit, and specifically includes: the terminal is based on the indication information.
  • the information field of each N3 bit in the information domain of the carried Q1*N3bit is determined to be the X-th time unit, where the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding sub-band group is determined, where
  • the indication signaling is a DCI, where the DCI carries an information field of Q1*N3bit, Q1 is a group number of subband groups, Q1 and N3 are integers greater than or equal to 1, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the terminal determines the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one subband group, respectively, based on each N4 bit information field in the Q2*N4bit information field carried by the indication signaling.
  • the X-th time unit wherein the indication signaling is RRC signaling, the RRC signaling carries an information domain of Q2*N4bit, Q2 is a group number of subband groups, and Q2 and N4 are greater than or equal to An integer of 1, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1; or, the end Determining, according to the indication signaling, a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is an Xth time unit, where the indication signaling is broadcast signaling, The broadcast signaling is sent once every M2 slot slots, where M2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and a slot includes at least one downlink TTI, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the terminal determines, according to the indication signaling, that a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is a specified time unit, and specifically includes: the terminal is based on the indication information. Determining, by the flag bit corresponding to each 1-bit information field in the information domain of the carried Q3bit, determining the time domain starting position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one subband group as the first time unit or The Z1 time unit, where the indication signaling is a DCI, the DCI carries a Q3bit information field, Q3 is a group number of subband groups, and Q3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and Z1 is a preset.
  • the value of the RRC signaling, or the value of the broadcast signaling notification, Z1 is an integer greater than or equal to 2; or, the terminal corresponds to each 1-bit information field in the Q4bit information field carried by the indication signaling. And determining, by the flag bit, a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs of the corresponding one of the subband groups as a first time unit or a Z2 time unit, where the indication signaling is RRC Signaling,
  • the RRC signaling carries the Q4bit information field, Q4 is the number of the subband group, and Q4 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the Z2 is a preset value, a RRC signaling notification value, or a broadcast signaling notification.
  • the value, Z2 is an integer greater than or equal to 2; or, the terminal determines, according to the flag bit corresponding to each 1-bit information field in the information field of the Q5bit carried in the indication signaling, respectively, determining L downlinks in the corresponding one subband group
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the TTI is the first time unit or the Z3 time unit, wherein the indication signaling is broadcast signaling, and the broadcast signaling carries the information domain of Q5bit Q5 is the number of groups of subband groups, Z3 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a value notified by broadcast signaling, and Z3 is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the terminal determines, according to the indication signaling, a time domain start location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, where the terminal includes, according to the indication signaling, in a resource unit used for transmitting downlink data. Determining a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs from other resources than the resource unit occupied by the DCI corresponding to the other terminal, where the terminal defaults the time domain start position of the downlink data region For the first time unit in the L downlink TTIs, one time unit includes Y OFDM symbols, Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1, the indication signaling is DCI, and the DCI is used to indicate L times. a resource unit for transmitting downlink data in a downlink data region in a downlink TTI, and a resource unit that is occupied by a DCI corresponding to the other terminal in the resource unit for transmitting the downlink data.
  • the terminal determines, according to the indication signaling, a time domain start location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, where the terminal determines, according to the scheduling information carried by the indication signaling, the L downlink TTIs.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel where the terminal default downlink control region occupies X time units in the time domain, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, one time unit contains Y OFDM symbols, and Y is greater than or equal to
  • the integer of 1 and the time domain start position of the default downlink data area of the terminal are the X+1th time unit in the L downlink TTIs
  • the indication signaling is DCI
  • the DCI carries scheduling information.
  • the scheduling information is used to indicate a resource unit used by the terminal to transmit downlink data in a downlink control region in the L downlink TTIs, and a resource unit instructing the terminal to transmit downlink data in the downlink data region.
  • the scheduling information is a specified bandwidth or scheduling information on each subband group, where each subband group includes at least one subband.
  • the terminal determines, according to the indication signaling, a time domain start location of a downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, where the indication signaling is a DCI, and the terminal obtains each sub-from the DCI.
  • the band group carries a 1-bit information field, wherein each sub-band group includes at least one sub-band; the terminal is configured to each of the specific sub-band groups transmitting the DCI based on a 1 bit corresponding to each of the specific sub-band groups respectively
  • the information field performs the following operations: in the downlink control area occupying X time units in the time domain in the corresponding specific subband group, determining from the resource units other than the resource unit occupied by transmitting the DCI Describe the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding specific subband group, or, in the corresponding specific subband group, occupy X times in the L downlink TTIs in the time domain Determining, by the first resource unit after the downlink control region of
  • the resource unit is any one of a physical resource block PRB, a PRB group, a control channel element CCE, or a CCE group.
  • a third aspect provides a method for determining a starting position of a downlink data channel, which is applied to a fifth generation mobile communication technology 5G system, including: receiving, by a terminal, a DCI, and determining, according to the DCI, that the DCI is occupied in a downlink control area
  • the resource unit determines the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink transmission time interval TTI based on the resource unit occupied by the DCI in the downlink control region, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the terminal determines, according to the resource unit occupied by the DCI in the downlink control region, a time domain start location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, where the terminal is occupied by the terminal in the downlink control region based on the DCI.
  • a resource unit, the specific subband group and the non-specific subband group wherein the specific subband group is a subband group that transmits the DCI, and the non-specific subband group is a subband group that does not transmit the DCI
  • Each subband group includes at least one subband, and the terminal defaults to a downlink control region in each subband group, occupying X time units in the time domain, and one time unit includes Y orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols.
  • X is a preset value, X and Y are integers greater than or equal to 1; the terminal performs the following operations for each specific subband group: in the downlink control region in a specific subband group, In other resource units other than the resource unit, determining a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the one specific subband group; the terminal performs the following operations for each non-specific subband group respectively : In a non-specific subband group, the first OFDM symbol in the L downlink TTIs is determined as the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the one non-specific subband group; or Determining, in a non-specific subband group, the X+1th time unit in the L downlink TTIs as the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the one non-specific subband group .
  • the fourth aspect provides a device for determining a starting position of a downlink data channel, which is applied to a fifth-generation mobile communication technology 5G system, and includes: a generating unit, configured to generate indication signaling, where the generating unit generates an indication The signaling is used to indicate the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink transmission time interval TTI, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 1; the sending unit is configured to send the indication signaling generated by the generating unit to terminal.
  • a generating unit configured to generate indication signaling, where the generating unit generates an indication The signaling is used to indicate the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink transmission time interval TTI, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 1
  • the sending unit is configured to send the indication signaling generated by the generating unit to terminal.
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit is used to indicate a time domain starting location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, where the indication signaling generated by the generating unit is used to indicate L downlink TTIs.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth, where the specified bandwidth is part or all of the working bandwidth used by the base station, and X is greater than or equal to 1
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit is a DCI, where the DCI carries an N1 bit information field, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N1 bit information field is used to indicate L downlinks.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the TTI is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth; or the indication signaling generated by the generating unit is RRC signaling, the RRC signaling
  • the information field of the N2 bit is carried in the information field, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the N2 bit information field is used to indicate that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs is: L in the specified bandwidth.
  • the Xth time unit in the downlink TTI; or the indication signaling generated by the generating unit is broadcast signaling, and the broadcast signaling is sent once every M1 slot slots, where M1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • a slot includes at least one downlink TTI, where the broadcast signaling is used to indicate that a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in all L downlink TTIs in the M1 slots is: all L downlinks in a specified bandwidth
  • the Xth time unit within the TTI is used to indicate that a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in all L downlink TTIs in the M1 slots is: all L downlinks in a specified bandwidth.
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit is used to indicate a time domain starting location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, where the indication signaling generated by the generating unit is used to indicate: each sub- The time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the band group is a specified time unit, wherein each subband group includes at least one subband, and one time unit includes Y OFDM symbols, and Y is greater than or An integer equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit is used to indicate that the time domain starting location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is a specified time unit, and specifically includes: generating The indication signaling generated by the unit is a DCI, where the DCI carries an information field of Q1*N3bit, where Q1 is the number of groups of subband groups, and Q1 and N3 are integers greater than or equal to 1, and the Q1*N3bit
  • Each N3bit information field in the information domain corresponds to a subband group, wherein an N3bit information field indicates that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding subband group is The X time units, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1; or the indication signaling generated by the generating unit is RRC signaling, and the RRC signaling carries an information field of Q2*N4bit, where Q2 For the number of groups of subband groups, Q2 and N4 are integers greater
  • Each information field of the N4bit in the information domain of the Q2*N4bit corresponds to one subband group, wherein an N4bit information field indicates: Corresponding to a sub-band group in the lower LTI
  • the time domain start position of the data channel is the Xth time unit, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1; or the indication signaling generated by the generating unit is broadcast signaling, and the broadcast signaling is every M2
  • the time slot is sent once, where M2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and one slot includes at least one downlink TTI, and the broadcast signaling is used to indicate: a downlink data channel in L downlink TTIs in each subband group
  • the time domain start position is the Xth time unit, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit is used to indicate that the time domain starting location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is a specified time unit, and specifically includes: generating The indication signaling generated by the unit is a DCI, where the DCI carries a Q3bit information field, where Q3 is the number of groups of the subband group, Q3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and each bit of the Q3bit information field is 1 bit.
  • the information fields respectively indicate the flag bits corresponding to one sub-band group setting, wherein one flag bit is used to indicate: the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one sub-band group is the first a time unit or a Z1 time unit, Z1 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a value notified by a broadcast signaling, and Z1 is an integer greater than or equal to 2; or an indication letter generated by the generating unit
  • the RRC signaling carries the Q4bit information field, where Q4 is the number of groups of subband groups, Q4 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and each bit of the Q4bit information field is 1 bit.
  • Information fields respectively indicate correspondence The identifier bit set by the sub-band group, wherein one flag bit is used to indicate: the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one sub-band group, which is the first time unit or the Z2th
  • the time unit, Z2 is a preset value, a value notified by the RRC signaling, or a value of the broadcast signaling, and Z2 is an integer greater than or equal to 2; or the indication signaling generated by the generating unit is broadcast signaling.
  • the broadcast signaling carries the information field of the Q5 bit, where Q5 is the number of groups of the subband group, and each of the information fields of the 1 bit in the information field of the Q5 bit respectively represents the identifier bit corresponding to one subband group setting, where An identifier bit is used to indicate: a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in L downlink TTIs in a corresponding subband group, which is a first time unit or a Z3 time unit, and Z3 is a preset value, The value of the RRC signaling notification or the value of the broadcast signaling notification, Z3 is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit is used to indicate a time domain starting location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, including: the indication signaling generated by the generating unit is DCI, and the DCI is used by the DCI.
  • a resource unit for transmitting downlink data in a downlink data region that indicates the L downlink TTIs and a resource unit that is used by the DCI corresponding to the other terminal in the resource unit for transmitting the downlink data, and triggers the terminal to execute The following operations: determining, according to the indication signaling generated by the generating unit, L downlink TTIs from resource elements other than the resource unit occupied by the DCI corresponding to the other terminal in the resource unit for transmitting the downlink data a time domain start position of the downlink data channel, where the terminal defaults the time domain start position of the downlink data region, which is the first time unit in the L downlink TTIs, and one time unit includes Y OFDMs Symbol, Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit is used to indicate a time domain starting location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, including: the indication signaling generated by the generating unit is DCI, and the DCI carries There is scheduling information, where the scheduling information is used to indicate, by the terminal, a resource unit for transmitting downlink data in a downlink control region in the L downlink TTIs, and a resource unit for indicating that the terminal is used to transmit downlink data in the downlink data region, and triggering The terminal performs the following operations: determining, according to the scheduling information carried by the DCI, a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, where the downlink control region occupies X time units in the time domain, where X is An integer greater than or equal to 1, one time unit includes Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the terminal defaults to the time domain start position of the downlink data region, which is the Xth in the L downlink
  • the scheduling information is a specified bandwidth or scheduling information on each subband group, where each subband group includes at least one subband.
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit is used to indicate a time domain starting location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, where the indication signaling generated by the generating unit is DCI, and the DCI is
  • Each subband group carries a 1-bit information field, wherein each sub-band group includes at least one sub-band; and for each specific sub-band group that transmits the DCI, a corresponding one of each of the specific sub-band groups
  • the information field of 1 bit is used to indicate that: in a downlink control region occupying X time units in the time domain in the corresponding specific subband group, it is determined from other resource units except the resource unit occupied by the DCI.
  • the first resource unit after the downlink control region of the time unit is determined as the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding specific subband group, where X is greater than or equal to 1.
  • one time Unit comprising OFDM symbols Y, Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • each 1-bit information field corresponding to each of the non-specific sub-band groups is used to indicate that in the corresponding non-specific sub-band group, L Within the downlink TTI, the first time unit in the downlink control region occupying X time units in the time domain is determined as the time domain of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding non-specific subband group a starting position, or, in a corresponding non-specific subband group, determining, in the L downlink TTIs, the first resource unit after the downlink control region occupying X time units in the time domain, as the corresponding The time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the non-specific subband group.
  • the resource unit is any one of a physical resource block PRB, a PRB group, a control channel element CCE, or a CCE group.
  • the fifth aspect provides a device for determining a starting position of a downlink data channel, which is applied to a fifth-generation mobile communication technology 5G system, and includes: a first receiving unit, configured to receive indication signaling sent by a base station; And determining, according to the indication signaling, a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in the L downlink transmission time intervals TTI, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the first determining unit when determining, according to the indication signaling, a time domain start location of a downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, is configured to: determine, according to the indication signaling, L downlinks
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the TTI is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth, where the specified bandwidth is part or all of the working bandwidth used by the base station, and X is greater than or equal to An integer of 1, one time unit containing Y orthogonal frequency division multiplexed OFDM symbols, and Y being an integer greater than or equal to one.
  • the indication signaling is a DCI, where the DCI carries an N1 bit information field, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N1 bit information field is used to indicate downlink in L downlink TTIs.
  • the time domain start position of the data channel is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth; or the indication signaling is RRC signaling, and the RRC signaling carries the N2bit information field,
  • the N2 bit is used to indicate that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs is: the Xth time in the L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth.
  • the indication signaling is broadcast signaling
  • the broadcast signaling is sent once every M1 slot slots, where M1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and one slot includes at least one downlink TTI, the broadcast The signaling is used to indicate that the time domain starting position of the downlink data channel in all L downlink TTIs in the M1 slots is: the Xth time unit in all L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth.
  • the first determining unit when determining, according to the indication signaling, a time domain start location of a downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, is configured to: determine each one based on the indication signaling respectively
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the subband group is a specified time unit, wherein each subband group includes at least one subband, and one time unit includes Y OFDM symbols, and Y is greater than Or an integer equal to 1.
  • the first determining unit when determining, according to the indication signaling, that a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in each of the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is a specified time unit, the first determining unit is specifically used. to:
  • the start position of the domain is the Xth time unit, where the indication signaling is RRC signaling, the RRC signaling carries the information domain of Q2*N4bit, and Q2 is the number of groups of the subband group, Q2 and N4.
  • X is an integer greater than or equal to 1; or, based on the indication signaling, respectively determining a start time position of a downlink data channel in L downlink TTIs in each subband group as a Xth time unit, wherein the indication signaling is broadcast signaling,
  • the broadcast signaling is sent once every M2 slot slots, where M2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and a slot contains at least one downlink TTI, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the first determining unit when determining, according to the indication signaling, that a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in each of the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is a specified time unit, the first determining unit is specifically used. And determining, according to the flag bit corresponding to each 1-bit information field in the information domain of the Q3bit carried in the indication signaling, respectively, determining a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one subband group.
  • Z1 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a value notified by a broadcast signaling, and Z1 is an integer greater than or equal to 2; or each of the Q4bit information fields carried based on the indication signaling
  • the flag bit corresponding to the information field of the 1 bit determines that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one subband group is the first time unit or the Z2 time unit, where
  • the indication signaling is RRC signaling, the RRC signaling carries an information field of Q4bit, Q4 is the number of groups of subband groups, Q4 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and Z2 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a broadcast.
  • the value of the signaling, Z2 is an integer greater than or equal to 2; or, based on the flag bit corresponding to each 1-bit information field in the Q5bit information field carried by the indication signaling, respectively, determining a corresponding sub-band group
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs is the first time unit or the Z3 time unit, wherein the indication signaling is broadcast signaling, and the broadcast signaling carries the Q5bit
  • the information field, Q5 is the number of groups of subband groups, Z3 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a value broadcasted by a broadcast signaling, and Z3 is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the first determining unit is configured to: according to the indication signaling, Determining, in a resource unit of the downlink data, a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs from resources other than the resource unit occupied by the DCI corresponding to the other device, where the device defaults to the downlink
  • the time domain start position of the data area is the first time unit in the L downlink TTIs, one time unit includes Y OFDM symbols, Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1
  • the indication signaling is DCI
  • the DCI is used to indicate a resource unit for transmitting downlink data in a downlink data region in the L downlink TTIs, and a resource unit that is used by the DCI corresponding to the other device in the resource unit for transmitting the downlink data.
  • the first determining unit is configured to: based on the scheduling information carried by the indication signaling, Determining a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, wherein the device default downlink control region occupies X time units in the time domain, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and a time unit includes Y OFDM symbols, Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and a time domain start position of the default downlink data region of the device, which is an X+1th time unit in the L downlink TTIs
  • the indication signaling For the DCI, the DCI carries scheduling information, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the device is used to transmit downlink data in a downlink control region in L downlink TTIs, and indicates that the device is in a downlink data region.
  • the scheduling information is a specified bandwidth or scheduling information on each subband group, where each subband group includes at least one subband.
  • the first determining unit when determining, according to the indication signaling, a time domain start location of a downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, is configured to: the indication signaling is a DCI, where the device is Obtaining, from the DCI, an information field carrying 1 bit for each subband group, wherein each subband group includes at least one subband; and each specific subband group for transmitting the DCI is respectively based on each A 1-bit information field corresponding to a specific sub-band group performs the following operations: in a downlink control area occupying X time units in the time domain in the corresponding specific sub-band group, from the resource unit occupied by the DCI Determining, in other resource units, the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding specific subband group, or in the corresponding specific subband group, in the L downlink TTIs Determining, in the time domain, a first resource unit that occupies a downlink control region of the X time units,
  • the resource unit is any one of a physical resource block PRB, a PRB group, a control channel element CCE, or a CCE group.
  • the sixth aspect provides a device for determining a starting position of a downlink data channel, which is applied to a fifth generation mobile communication technology 5G system, including: a second receiving unit, configured to receive a DCI, and determine the DCI based on the DCI a resource unit that is occupied by the downlink control area, and a second determining unit, configured to determine a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink transmission time interval TTI based on the resource unit occupied by the DCI in the downlink control region
  • L is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the second determining unit when determining, according to the resource unit occupied by the DCI in the downlink control region, a time domain start location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, is configured to: based on the DCI Determining a specific subband group and a non-specific subband group, wherein the specific subband group is a subband group that transmits the DCI, and the non-specific subband group is not transmitted.
  • each sub-band group includes at least one sub-band, and the device defaults to a downlink control region in each sub-band group, occupying X time units in the time domain, and one time unit includes Y Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, X is a preset value, X and Y are integers greater than or equal to 1; for each specific subband group, the second determining unit is used to:
  • the second determining unit is configured to:
  • a base station in a seventh aspect, includes: a processor, a transceiver, and a memory; the transceiver is configured to receive and transmit data under control of the processor, and the processor is configured to read The program in the memory performs the method of any of the above first aspects.
  • a terminal in an eighth aspect, includes: a processor, a transceiver, and a memory; the transceiver is configured to receive and transmit data under control of the processor, the processor is configured to read The program in the memory performs the method of any of the above second aspects.
  • a terminal includes: a processor, a transceiver, and a memory; the transceiver is configured to receive and transmit data under control of the processor, the processor is configured to read The program in the memory performs the method of any of the above third aspects.
  • a tenth aspect a computer storage medium storing computer executable instructions for causing the computer to perform the method of any of the above first aspects .
  • a computer storage medium in an eleventh aspect, storing computer executable instructions for causing the computer to perform the method of any of the above second aspects method.
  • a twelfth aspect a computer storage medium storing computer executable instructions for causing the computer to perform the method of any of the above third aspects method.
  • the base station in determining the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, the base station sends the indication signaling to the terminal, where the terminal receives the indication signaling. Then, based on the foregoing indication signaling, determining a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs.
  • the base station when the downlink control channel only appears in a partial position in the frequency domain or does not appear, and does not need to occupy the entire downlink control region in the time domain or the resource unit in the time domain is variable, the base station is The terminal can accurately notify the terminal of the time domain starting position of the downlink data channel, so that the terminal can accurately receive the downlink data, thereby improving the efficiency and reliability of the terminal receiving the downlink data, thereby improving the spectrum efficiency and improving the user experience. .
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of determining a starting position of a downlink data channel according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of determining a starting position of a downlink data channel in a second embodiment of the present invention
  • 3a-3c are schematic diagrams of determining a starting position of a downlink data channel in a first implementation scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • 4a-4c are schematic diagrams of determining a starting position of a downlink data channel in a second implementation scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 5a-5b are schematic diagrams of determining a starting position of a downlink data channel in a third implementation scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 6a-6b are schematic diagrams of determining a starting position of a downlink data channel in a fourth implementation scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIGS. 7a-7c are schematic diagrams of determining a starting position of a downlink data channel in a fifth implementation scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of determining a starting position of a downlink data channel in a sixth implementation scenario according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of determining a starting position of a downlink data channel in a seventh implementation scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 10a-10b are schematic diagrams of determining a starting position of a downlink data channel in an eighth implementation scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 11a-11b are schematic diagrams of determining a starting position of a downlink data channel in a ninth implementation scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a function of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a first functional structure of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram showing a second functional structure of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • Step 101 The base station generates indication signaling, where the indication signaling is used to indicate a time domain start position of a downlink data channel within L downlink transmission time intervals (TTIs), where L is greater than or equal to 1. Integer.
  • TTIs downlink transmission time intervals
  • the base station When the base station determines that the downlink data needs to be sent to the terminal by using the working bandwidth used by the base station, the base station generates corresponding indication signaling, and the indication signaling may be used to indicate a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs.
  • the foregoing indication signaling is used to indicate a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in L downlink TTIs, including but not limited to the following five cases:
  • the indication signaling is used to indicate that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs is the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth, where the specified bandwidth is Partial bandwidth or total operating bandwidth used by the base station, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, one time unit contains Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the foregoing indication signaling may be any one of Downlink Control Information (DCI), Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling, or broadcast signaling.
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the indication signaling is a DCI
  • the DCI carries an information field of an NI bit length (N1 bit), where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the information field of the N1 bit is used to indicate L downlink TTIs.
  • N1 bit an integer greater than or equal to 1
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel within the time domain, the time domain start position is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs within the specified bandwidth.
  • the indication signaling sent by the base station to the "terminal 1" is "DCI 1”
  • the "DCI 1" carries a 2-bit information field
  • the 2-bit information field is used to indicate that "terminal 1" is in L.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the downlink TTI is: the fourth time unit in the L downlink TTIs within the specified bandwidth.
  • the RRC signaling carries an N2bit information field, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N2bit information field is used to indicate downlink in L downlink TTIs.
  • N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1
  • the N2bit information field is used to indicate downlink in L downlink TTIs.
  • the time domain start position of the data channel, the time domain start position is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs within the specified bandwidth.
  • the indication signaling sent by the base station to the "terminal 2" is “RRC signaling 2"
  • the "RRC signaling 2” carries a 1-bit information field
  • the 1-bit information field is used to indicate "terminal 2”.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs is: the second time unit in the L downlink TTIs within the specified bandwidth.
  • the broadcast signaling is sent once every M1 slots, where M1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and one slot includes at least one downlink TTI, and the foregoing broadcast signaling is used. And indicating a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in all L downlink TTIs in the foregoing M1 slots, where the time domain start position is: an Xth time unit in all L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth.
  • the indication signaling sent by the base station to the "terminal 3" is “broadcast signaling 3"
  • the "broadcast signaling 3" carries a 1-bit information field
  • the 1-bit information field is used to indicate "terminal 3”.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs is: the first time unit in the L downlink TTIs within the specified bandwidth.
  • the indication signaling is used to indicate a specified time unit of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group, where each subband group includes at least one subband, one time.
  • the unit contains Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the foregoing indication signaling may be any one of DCI, RRC signaling, or broadcast signaling.
  • the foregoing indication signaling is used to indicate that the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is a specified time unit, but is not limited to the following two modes:
  • the indication signaling is used to indicate that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is the Xth time unit.
  • the DCI carries an information field of Q1*N3 bit lengths (Q1*N3bit), where Q1 is the number of groups of the subband group, and Q1 and N3 are greater than or equal to 1.
  • Q1 is the number of groups of the subband group
  • Q1 and N3 are greater than or equal to 1.
  • An integer of the N3bit information field in the information field of the above Q1*N3bit corresponds to one subband group, wherein an N3bit information field indicates: a downlink data channel in L downlink TTIs in a corresponding subband group
  • the time domain start position, the time domain start position is the Xth time unit, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling sent by the base station to the "terminal 1" is "DCI", and the designated bandwidth is divided into three “sub-band groups", and the "DCI” carries each of the sub-band groups with a 2-bit information field. That is, the "DCI” carries a 3*2 bit information field.
  • the 2-bit information field corresponding to the “sub-band group 1” is used to indicate that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the “sub-band group 1” is the third time unit;
  • the 2-bit information field corresponding to the sub-band group 2" is used to indicate that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "sub-band group 2" is the second time unit; and the "sub-band group 3"
  • the corresponding 2-bit information field is used to indicate that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "sub-band group 3" is the fourth time unit.
  • the RRC signaling carries an information field of Q2*N4bit, where Q2 is the number of groups of subband groups, and Q2 and N4 are integers greater than or equal to 1, the above Q2*N4bit
  • Each N4bit information field in the information field corresponds to a subband group, wherein an N4bit information field indicates a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in L downlink TTIs in a corresponding subband group, The starting position is the Xth time unit, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling sent by the base station to the "terminal 2" is "RRC signaling", and the designated bandwidth is divided into two “sub-band groups”, and the "RRC signaling” is carried for each sub-band group respectively.
  • the 3 bit information field, that is, the "RRC signaling” carries a 2*3 bit information field.
  • the 3-bit information field corresponding to the “sub-band group 1” is used to indicate that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the “sub-band group 1” is the fifth time unit;
  • the 3-bit information field corresponding to the sub-band group 2" is used to indicate that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "sub-band group 2" is the fourth time unit.
  • the broadcast signaling is sent once every M2 slots, where M2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and one slot includes at least one downlink TTI, and the broadcast signaling is used for Indicates: a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in L downlink TTIs in each subband group, and the time domain start position is an Xth time unit, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling sent by the base station to "terminal 3" is “broadcast signaling”
  • the "broadcast signaling” is sent every 5 slots, and the five slots contain L downlink TTIs
  • the "broadcasting letter” Let the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "subband group 1" be the first time unit; and the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "subband group 2" The start of the time domain is the third time unit.
  • the second mode is that the indication signaling is used to indicate that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is the first time or the Zth time unit.
  • the DCI carries the Q3bit information field, where Q3 is the number of groups of the subband group, Q3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and each bit of the Q3bit information field is 1 bit.
  • the information fields respectively indicate the flag bits corresponding to one subband group setting, wherein one flag bit is used to indicate the time domain starting position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one subband group, the time domain The starting position is the first time unit or the Z1 time unit, and Z1 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a value notified by a broadcast signaling, and Z1 is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the indication signaling sent by the base station to "Terminal 1" is "DCI", and the "DCI" carries an information field of 1 bit for each subband group.
  • the flag bit is used to indicate the time domain start of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "subband group 1".
  • the position is the third time unit; if the flag bit corresponding to the 1-bit information field of the "sub-band group 1" is 0, the flag bit is used to indicate the downlink data in the L downlink TTIs in the "sub-band group 1"
  • the time domain start position of the channel is the first time unit, where 3 is a preset value.
  • the RRC signaling carries the Q4bit information field, where Q4 is the number of groups of the subband group, and Q4 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and each of the Q4bit information fields
  • the information fields of the 1 bit are respectively indicated by the identifier bits of the corresponding one of the subband groups, wherein one flag bit is used to indicate the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one subband group.
  • the start position of the domain is the first time unit or the Z2 time unit, and Z2 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a value notified by a broadcast signaling, and Z2 is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the indication signaling sent by the base station to the "terminal 2" is "RRC signaling", and the "RRC signaling" carries a 1-bit information field for each sub-band group. Then, if the 1 bit information field of the "subband group 2" corresponds to a flag bit, the flag bit is used to indicate the time domain start of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "subband group 1".
  • the position is the third time unit; if the flag bit corresponding to the 1-bit information field of the sub-band group 2" is 0, the flag bit is used to indicate the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "sub-band group 1"
  • the time domain start position is the first time unit, where 3 is the value of the RRC signaling notification.
  • the broadcast signaling carries the information field of the Q5 bit, where Q5 is the number of groups of the subband group, and each 1 bit information field in the information field of the Q5bit indicates a corresponding sub
  • An identifier bit set with a group wherein an identifier bit is used to indicate: a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in L downlink TTIs in a corresponding subband group, and the time domain start position is the first time
  • the unit or the Z3th time unit, Z3 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a value broadcasted by a broadcast signaling, and Z3 is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the indication signaling sent by the base station to the "terminal 3" is "broadcast signaling", and the "broadcast signaling" carries a 1-bit information field for each sub-band group. Then, if the flag bit corresponding to the 1-bit information field of the "sub-band group 3" is 1, the flag bit is used to indicate the time domain of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "sub-band group 3".
  • the start position is the third time unit; if the flag bit corresponding to the 1-bit information field of the "sub-band group 3" is 0, the flag bit is used to indicate the L downlink TTIs in the "sub-band group 3"
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel is the first time unit, where 3 is the value of the broadcast signaling notification.
  • the third case is that the indication signaling is used to indicate that the terminal is not included in the resource unit for transmitting the downlink data, except for part of the resource units occupied by the DCI corresponding to the other terminal in the resource unit for transmitting the downlink data.
  • a time domain start position of a downlink data channel within L downlink TTIs is determined.
  • the base station sends the foregoing indication signaling to the terminal, where the indication signaling is used to indicate a resource unit used for transmitting downlink data in a downlink data region in the L downlink TTIs, and the resource unit used to transmit the downlink data. a resource unit occupied by the DCI corresponding to the other terminal, and triggering the terminal to use the resource unit for transmitting the downlink data, except for the resource unit occupied by the DCI corresponding to the other terminal, according to the foregoing indication signaling.
  • a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs where the terminal defaults the time domain start position of the downlink data region as the first time unit in the L downlink TTIs, and a time unit Contains Y OFDM symbols, Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling sent by the base station to the "terminal 1" is “DCI 1”
  • the "DCI 1" is used to indicate that the resource unit for transmitting downlink data in the downlink data region in the L downlink TTIs is "resource unit”. 1", “Resource Unit 2" and “Resource Unit 3", and “DCI 2" corresponding to "Terminal 2" occupy “Resource Unit 2”, then the "DCI 1" triggers "Terminal 1" from “Resource Unit” In 1" and "Resource Unit 3", the time domain start position of the downlink data channel within the L downlink TTIs is determined.
  • the indication signaling is used to indicate that the terminal determines the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs based on the scheduling information carried by the indication signaling.
  • the foregoing indication signaling is a DCI, where the DCI carries scheduling information, where the scheduling information is used to indicate a resource unit used by the terminal to transmit downlink data in a downlink control region in the L downlink TTIs, and indicates that the terminal is in downlink data.
  • a resource unit for transmitting downlink data in the area and triggering the terminal to determine a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs based on the scheduling information carried by the DCI, where the terminal defaults the time domain of the downlink data area
  • the starting position is the X+1th time unit in the L downlink TTIs, where the downlink control region occupies X time units in the time domain, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and one time unit includes Y OFDM Symbol, Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling sent by the base station to the "terminal 1" is “DCI 1", and the "DCI 1" carries “scheduling information 1", and the "scheduling information 1" is used to indicate that "terminal 1" is in L
  • the resource unit for transmitting downlink data in the downlink control region in the downlink TTI is “resource unit 1”, and the resource unit for transmitting downlink data in the downlink data region in the L downlink TTIs is “resource unit 2”, and
  • the trigger "terminal 1" determines the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs from "resource unit 1" and/or “resource unit 2" based on the above-mentioned "scheduling information 1".
  • the scheduling information is a specified bandwidth or scheduling information on each sub-band group, where each sub-band group includes at least one sub-band, that is, the scheduling information carried by the DCI may be one scheduling information for a specified bandwidth. It may also be a number of scheduling information corresponding to each subband group.
  • the indication information is used to indicate a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in any one of the subband groups transmitting the downlink data.
  • the foregoing indication signaling is a DCI, where the DCI carries a 1-bit information field for each sub-band group, where each sub-band group includes at least one sub-band.
  • a 1-bit information field corresponding to each of the specific subband groups is used to indicate that X is occupied in the time domain in the corresponding specific subband group. Determining the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding specific subband group from the resource elements other than the resource unit occupied by the DCI in the downlink control region of the time unit Or, in the corresponding specific subband group, the first resource unit after the downlink control region occupying X time units in the L downlink TTIs is determined to be in the corresponding specific subband group.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, one time unit contains Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling sent by the base station to the "terminal" is "DCI”
  • sub-band group 1 is the specific sub-band group that transmits the above-mentioned "DCI”.
  • the resource unit occupied by the DCI is transmitted in the downlink control area occupying X time units in the time domain in "subband group 1".
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "subband group 1" is determined.
  • the indication signaling sent by the base station to the "terminal" is "DCI”
  • the "sub-band group 1" is a specific sub-band group that transmits the above-mentioned "DCI”.
  • the value of the 1-bit corresponding to the "sub-band group 1" is 0, in the "sub-band group 1", the first of the L downlink TTIs after occupying the downlink control region of three time units in the time domain
  • the resource unit is determined as the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "subband group 1".
  • each 1-bit information field corresponding to each of the non-specific sub-band groups is used to indicate that, in the corresponding non-specific sub-band group, Within the L downlink TTIs, the first time unit in the downlink control region occupying X time units in the time domain is determined as the time domain of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding non-specific subband group.
  • the starting position, or, in the corresponding non-specific subband group, the first resource unit after the downlink control region occupying X time units in the L downlink TTIs is determined as the corresponding non- The time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the specific subband group.
  • the indication signaling sent by the base station to the "terminal" is "DCI" and the "sub-band group 2" is a non-specific sub-band group that does not transmit the above-mentioned "DCI”, then corresponding to the "sub-band group 2"
  • the value of 1 bit is 1, when the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "subband group 2" is determined in the downlink control region occupying X time units in the time domain in the "subband group 2" The starting position of the domain.
  • the indication signaling sent by the base station to the "terminal" is "DCI”
  • the "sub-band group 2" is a non-specific sub-band group that does not transmit the above-mentioned "DCI”
  • the first resource unit after the downlink control region occupying 3 time units in the L downlink TTI is determined as "sub”
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the group 2 is
  • the foregoing resource unit may be any one of a physical resource block (PRB), a PRB group, a Control Channel Element (CCE), or a CCE group.
  • PRB physical resource block
  • CCE Control Channel Element
  • Step 102 The base station sends the indication signaling to the terminal.
  • the base station after generating the indication signaling, the base station sends the indication signaling to the terminal by using the time-frequency resource in the working bandwidth.
  • the base station transmits the DCI to the terminal 1; for example, the terminal transmits the RRC signaling to the terminal 2; and, for example, the base station transmits the broadcast signaling to the terminal 3.
  • Step 103 The terminal receives the indication signaling sent by the base station.
  • the terminal receives the indication signaling that the base station sends by using the time-frequency resource in the working bandwidth.
  • the terminal 1 receives the DCI transmitted by the base station; for example, the terminal 2 receives the RRC signaling sent by the base station; and, for example, the terminal 3 receives the broadcast signaling sent by the base station.
  • Step 104 The terminal determines a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs according to the foregoing indication signaling, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the terminal After receiving the indication signaling sent by the base station, the terminal determines the start time position of the time domain of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs based on the indication information carried by the indication signaling.
  • the terminal determines, according to the foregoing indication signaling, a time domain starting position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, including but not limited to the following five cases:
  • the terminal determines, according to the indication signaling, that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth, where the foregoing designation
  • the bandwidth is part or all of the operating bandwidth used by the base station, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, one time unit contains Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the foregoing indication signaling may be any one of DCI, RRC signaling, or broadcast signaling.
  • the DCI carries an N1 bit information field, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N1 bit information field is used to indicate downlink data in L downlink TTIs.
  • the time domain start position of the channel is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs within the specified bandwidth.
  • terminal 1 determines L downlink TTIs based on the information domain of the above 2 bits.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel is: the fourth time unit in the L downlink TTIs within the specified bandwidth.
  • the RRC signaling carries an N2bit information field, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N2bit information field is used to indicate downlink in L downlink TTIs.
  • the time domain start position of the data channel is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs within the specified bandwidth.
  • terminal 2 determines L based on the information domain of the above 1-bit.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the downlink TTI is: the second time unit in the L downlink TTIs within the specified bandwidth.
  • the broadcast signaling is sent once every M1 slots, where M1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and one slot includes at least one downlink TTI, and the foregoing broadcast signaling
  • M1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1
  • one slot includes at least one downlink TTI
  • the time domain start position for indicating the downlink data channel in all L downlink TTIs in the above M1 slots is: the Xth time unit in all L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth.
  • terminal 3 determines L based on the information domain of the above 1-bit.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the downlink TTI is: the first time unit in the L downlink TTIs within the specified bandwidth.
  • the terminal determines, according to the foregoing indication signaling, that the time domain starting position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is a specified time unit, where each subband group is at least A subband is included, one time unit contains Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the foregoing indication signaling may be any one of DCI, RRC signaling, or broadcast signaling.
  • the terminal determines, according to the indication signaling, that the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is a specified time unit, but is not limited to the following two modes:
  • the first mode is: the terminal determines, according to the indication information, that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is the Xth time.
  • the terminal determines a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one subband group, based on each N3 bit information field in the Q1*N3bit information field carried by the indication signaling.
  • the X-th time unit wherein the indication signaling is DCI, where the DCI carries an information field of Q1*N3bit, Q1 is a group number of sub-band groups, and Q1 and N3 are integers greater than or equal to 1, X Is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling received by the terminal 1 is “DCI”, and the designated bandwidth is divided into three “sub-band groups”, and the “DCI” carries a 2-bit information field for each sub-band group. That is, the "DCI” carries a 3*2 bit information field. Then, the "terminal 1" determines the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "subband group 1" as the third time based on the 2-bit information field corresponding to the "subband group 1".
  • the “terminal 1" determines the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "subband group 2" as the second time based on the 2-bit information field corresponding to the "subband group 2"
  • the “terminal 1” determines the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "subband group 3" as the 4th time based on the 2 bit information field corresponding to the "subband group 3" unit.
  • the terminal determines, according to the information field of each N4 bit in the information domain of the Q2*N4bit information carried by the foregoing indication signaling, that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one subband group is the Xth a time unit, wherein the indication signaling is RRC signaling, the RRC signaling carries an information field of Q2*N4bit, Q2 is a group number of subband groups, and Q2 and N4 are integers greater than or equal to 1, X Is an integer greater than or equal to 1
  • the indication signaling received by the "terminal 2" is "RRC signaling", and the designated bandwidth is divided into two “subband groups”, and the "RRC signaling” carries 3 bits for each subband group respectively.
  • the information field that is, the "RRC signaling” carries a 2*3 bit information field.
  • the "terminal 2" determines the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "subband group 1" as the fifth time based on the 3-bit information field corresponding to the "subband group 1".
  • the “terminal 2” determines the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "subband group 2" as the fourth time based on the 3-bit information field corresponding to the "subband group 2" unit.
  • the terminal determines, according to the foregoing indication signaling, that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is the Xth time unit, where the indication signaling is broadcast signaling, and the foregoing broadcast
  • the signaling is sent once every M2 slot slots, where M2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and a slot contains at least one downlink TTI, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • terminal 3 For example, suppose that the indication signaling received by "terminal 3" is "broadcast signaling", which is sent every 5 slots, and 5 slots contain L downlink TTIs, then “terminal 3" is based on The “broadcast signaling” determines that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "subband group 1" is the first time unit; “terminal 3” determines based on the “broadcast signaling" The time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in "subband group 2" is the third time unit.
  • the second mode is: the terminal determines, according to the foregoing indication signaling, that the time domain starting position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is the first time or the Zth time unit.
  • the terminal determines, according to the flag bit corresponding to each 1-bit information field in the information domain of the Q3bit carried in the indication signaling, the time domain of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one subband group.
  • the start position is the first time unit or the Z1 time unit, wherein the indication signaling is DCI, the DCI carries the Q3bit information field, Q3 is the number of the subband group, and Q3 is greater than or equal to 1.
  • the integer, Z1 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a value notified by a broadcast signaling, and Z1 is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the indication signaling received by the "terminal 1" is "DCI"
  • the "DCI” carries an information field of 1 bit for each sub-band group. Then, if the flag bit corresponding to the 1-bit information field of the "sub-band group 1" is 1, "terminal 1" determines the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "sub-band group 1" based on the flag bit.
  • the start time of the time domain is the third time unit; if the flag bit corresponding to the information field of the 1 bit of "subband group 1" is 0, "terminal 1" is determined based on the flag bit in the "subband group 1"
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs is the first time unit, where 3 is a preset value.
  • the terminal determines, according to the flag bit corresponding to each 1-bit information field in the information domain of the Q4bit carried in the indication signaling, that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one subband group is
  • the first time unit is the Z2 time unit, wherein the indication signaling is RRC signaling, the RRC signaling carries the Q4bit information field, Q4 is the number of the subband group, and Q4 is greater than or equal to An integer of 1, Z2 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a value notified by a broadcast signaling, and Z2 is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the indication signaling received by the "terminal 2" is "RRC signaling", and the "RRC signaling" carries a 1-bit information field for each sub-band group. Then, if the flag bit corresponding to the 1-bit information field of the "sub-band group 2" is 1, "terminal 2" determines the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "sub-band group 1" based on the flag bit.
  • the start time of the time domain is the third time unit; if the flag bit corresponding to the information field of the 1 bit of the subband group 2" is 0, "terminal 2" determines L in the "subband group 1” based on the flag bit.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the downlink TTI is the first time unit, where 3 is the value notified by the RRC signaling.
  • the terminal determines, according to the flag bit corresponding to each 1-bit information field in the Q5bit information field carried in the indication signaling, that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one subband group is
  • the first time unit is the Z3 time unit, wherein the indication signaling is broadcast signaling, the broadcast signaling carries the Q5bit information field, and Q5 is the number of the subband group, and Z3 is preset.
  • the value, the value of the RRC signaling notification, or the value of the broadcast signaling notification, Z3 is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the indication signaling received by the "terminal 3" is “broadcast signaling", and the "broadcast signaling" carries a 1-bit information field for each sub-band group. Then, if the flag bit corresponding to the 1-bit information field of the "sub-band group 3" is 1, "terminal 3" determines the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "sub-band group 3" based on the flag bit.
  • the start time of the time domain is the third time unit; if the flag bit corresponding to the information field of the 1 bit of the "subband group 3" is 0, "terminal 3" is determined based on the flag bit in the "subband group 3"
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs is the first time unit, where 3 is the value of the broadcast signaling notification.
  • the third case is: the terminal is based on the indication signaling, and the resource unit for transmitting the downlink data is used in addition to the part of the resource unit occupied by the DCI corresponding to the other terminal in the resource unit for transmitting the downlink data.
  • the resource unit a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs is determined.
  • the terminal determines, according to the foregoing indication signaling, a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs from other resource units except the foregoing resource unit in the resource unit for transmitting downlink data,
  • the terminal defaults the time domain start position of the downlink data area, which is the first time unit in the L downlink TTIs, one time unit includes Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1, the foregoing indication letter
  • the DCI is used to indicate a resource unit for transmitting downlink data in a downlink data region in the L downlink TTIs, and a portion of the resource unit for transmitting the downlink data that is occupied by the DCI corresponding to the other terminal.
  • Resource unit is used to indicate a resource unit for transmitting downlink data in a downlink data region in the L downlink TTIs, and a portion of the resource unit for transmitting the downlink data that is occupied by the DCI corresponding to the other terminal.
  • the indication signaling received by the terminal 1 is “DCI 1”
  • the "DCI 1" is used to indicate that the resource unit for transmitting downlink data in the downlink data region in the L downlink TTIs is "resource unit 1".
  • “" “Resource Unit 2” and “Resource Unit 3”
  • “DCI 2" corresponding to “Terminal 2” occupy “Resource Unit 2”
  • “Terminal 1” is based on the above “DCI 1" from "Resource Unit 1" And “resource unit 3”, determine the time domain start position of the downlink data channel within the L downlink TTIs.
  • the terminal determines the start time position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs based on the scheduling information carried by the indication signaling.
  • the terminal determines a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs according to the scheduling information carried by the indication signaling, where the terminal defaults the time domain start position of the downlink data region to the foregoing L
  • the indication signaling is DCI
  • the DCI carries scheduling information
  • the scheduling information is used to indicate resource elements used for transmitting downlink data in the downlink control region in the L downlink TTIs.
  • a resource unit for transmitting downlink data in the data area where the downlink control region occupies X time units in the time domain, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and one time unit includes Y OFDM symbols, where Y is An integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling received by the terminal 1 is “DCI 1"
  • the "DCI 1” carries “scheduling information 1”
  • the "scheduling information 1" is used to indicate that "terminal 1" is in the L downlink.
  • the resource unit for transmitting downlink data in the downlink control region in the TTI is “resource unit 1”
  • the resource unit for transmitting downlink data in the downlink data region in the L downlink TTIs is “resource unit 2”
  • “Terminal 1" determines the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs from "Resource Unit 1" and/or "Resource Unit 2" based on the above-mentioned "scheduling information 1".
  • the terminal determines the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group based on the foregoing indication signaling.
  • the terminal needs to obtain, from the foregoing indication signaling, a 1-bit information field carried in each sub-band group, where the indication signaling is DCI, and each sub-band group includes at least one sub-band.
  • Terminal 1 acquires a 1-bit information field carried by "Subband Group 1", Subband Group 2", and Subband Group 3" from the received "DCI 1".
  • the terminal performs the following operations on each of the specific subband groups transmitting the DCI based on a 1-bit information field corresponding to each of the specific subband groups: occupying X in the time domain in the corresponding specific subband group Determining the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding specific subband group from the resource elements other than the resource unit occupied by the DCI in the downlink control region of the time unit Or, in the corresponding specific subband group, the first resource unit after the downlink control region occupying X time units in the L downlink TTIs is determined to be in the corresponding specific subband group.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, one time unit contains Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • subband group 1 is a specific subband group transmitting the above “DCI 1”
  • the value of 1 bit corresponding to "subband group 1" is 1, then "terminal 1" is in the "subband group”.
  • the downlink control region occupying 3 time units in the time domain in 1"
  • determining L downlink TTIs in "subband group 1” from other resource units except the resource unit occupied by the transmission of the "DCI 1” The time domain start position of the downstream data channel.
  • subband group 2 is a specific subband group that transmits the above “DCI 1”
  • the value of 1 bit corresponding to "subband group 2" is 0, then "terminal 1" is in "sub In the band group 2", the first resource unit after the downlink control region occupying X time units in the L downlink TTIs is determined to be within the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding specific subband group.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel is
  • the terminal performs, according to a 1-bit information field corresponding to each of the non-specific sub-band groups, respectively, for each non-specific sub-band group that does not transmit the DCI: in the corresponding non-specific sub-band group, Determining, in the L downlink TTIs, the first time unit in the downlink control region occupying X time units in the time domain, when determining the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding non-specific subband group
  • the start position of the domain, or, in the corresponding non-specific subband group, the first resource unit after the downlink control region occupying X time units in the L downlink TTIs in the time domain is determined as the corresponding corresponding The time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the non-specific subband group.
  • subband group 3 is a non-specific subband group that does not transmit the above “DCI 1”
  • the value of 1 bit corresponding to "subband group 3” is 1, then "terminal 1" is in "sub The first time unit in the downlink control region occupying 5 time units in the time domain in the band 3′′ determines the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the “subband group 3”.
  • subband group 4" is a non-specific subband group that does not transmit the above "DCI 1”
  • the value of 1 bit corresponding to "subband group 4" is 0, then "terminal 1" is at " In the sub-band group 4", the first resource unit after the downlink control region occupying X time units in the L downlink TTIs is determined as being within the L downlink TTIs in the "sub-band group 4" The time domain start position of the downlink data channel.
  • the method for determining the start time of the time domain of the downlink data channel is a method for the base station to notify the terminal to start receiving downlink data from a specific area by sending indication signaling to the terminal, and determining a time domain start position of the downlink data channel, It is a method for the terminal to receive the DCI through blind detection, and determine the start time position of the downlink data channel according to the received DCI.
  • Step 201 The terminal receives the DCI, and determines, according to the DCI, the resource unit occupied by the DCI in the downlink control region.
  • Step 202 The terminal determines a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs according to the resource unit occupied by the DCI in the downlink control region, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the terminal determines a specific subband group and a non-specific subband group based on the resource unit occupied by the DCI in the downlink control region, where the specific subband group is a subband group that transmits the DCI, and the non-specific subband group
  • each subband group includes at least one subband
  • the terminal defaults to the downlink control region in each subband group, occupying X time units in the time domain, and one time unit includes Y OFDM symbols, X is a preset value, and X and Y are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the specific sub-band group includes at least one sub-band group
  • the non-specific sub-band group includes at least one sub-band group
  • Subband Group 1" and “Subband Group 3" are specific subband groups that transmit the "DCI 1", and other subband groups are non-specific subband groups that do not transmit the "DCI 1".
  • the terminal For each specific subband group, the terminal respectively determines the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each specific subband group as follows: in the downlink control region in a specific subband group And determining a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the one specific subband group from other resource units except the resource unit occupied by the DCI in the downlink control region.
  • the terminal determines that “subband group 1” is a specific subband group, and the resource unit in the downlink control region in “subband group 1” includes “resource unit 1” and “resource unit”. 2"
  • the terminal determines that the resource unit occupied by the "DCI" in the "subband group 1” is “resource unit 1”, and the terminal is in the downlink control area in the "subband group 1", from the "resource unit 2"
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the "subband group 1" is determined.
  • the method for determining, by the terminal, the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each non-specific subband group, for each non-specific subband group includes but is not limited to the following two modes:
  • the first mode is: determining, in a non-specific subband group, the first OFDM symbol in the L downlink TTIs as the time domain of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the non-specific subband group. starting point.
  • the terminal determines that “subband group 2” is a non-specific subband group, then, the terminal determines the first OFDM symbol in the L downlink TTIs as “subband group”. The time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in 2".
  • the second method is: determining, in a non-specific subband group, the X+1th time unit in the L downlink TTIs as the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the non-specific subband group. Time domain start position.
  • the terminal determines that “subband group 2” is a non-specific subband group, then, the terminal determines the X+1th time unit in the L downlink TTIs as “sub The time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the group 2".
  • the base station informs the terminal of the time domain start position of the downlink data channel, which is the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs, and contains one Y OFDM symbols in one time unit.
  • the base station may send the downlink indication signaling (hereinafter referred to as the indication signaling) to the terminal, where the indication signaling carries the 1-bit indication information, and further, it is assumed that the downlink information is not carried in the frequency band carrying the indication signaling. That is, the downlink control region and the downlink data region do not overlap in the frequency domain.
  • the indication signaling carries the 1-bit indication information
  • the terminal After receiving the indication signaling sent by the base station, the terminal determines the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the one downlink TTI based on the 1-bit indication information carried in the indication signaling.
  • the downlink control region occupies the first two OFDM symbols in one downlink TTI in the full bandwidth, and then the base station may send an indication message to the terminal by using at least one OFDM symbol in the two OFDM symbols. If the value of the 1-bit indication information carried in the indication signaling is 0, the base station notifies the terminal that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the one downlink TTI is the second OFDM symbol.
  • the downlink control region occupies the first two OFDM symbols in one downlink TTI in the full bandwidth, and then the base station may send an indication to the terminal by using at least one OFDM symbol in the two OFDM symbols. If the value of the 1-bit indication information carried in the indication signaling is 1, the base station notifies the terminal that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the one downlink TTI is the third OFDM symbol.
  • a slot can be further divided into two micro-slots, namely, slot 1 and slot 2, wherein slot 1 occupies the first, second, and third OFDM symbols.
  • the time slot 2 occupies the 4th, 5th, 6th, and 7th OFDM symbols
  • the downlink control area occupies the first OFDM symbol and the fourth OFDM symbol in one downlink TTI, that is, the time slot 1 in the full bandwidth.
  • the base station can send the indication signaling to the terminal by using the first OFDM symbol and the four OFDM symbols, and the 1-bit indication information carried in the indication signaling sent by the first OFDM symbol indicates that the base station notifies the terminal:
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the time slot 1 is the first OFDM symbol; and the 1 bit indication information carried in the indication signaling sent by the fourth OFDM symbol indicates that the base station notifies the terminal:
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel within 2 is the 5th OFDM symbol.
  • the foregoing indication signaling may be any one of DCI, RRC signaling, or broadcast signaling.
  • Scenario 2 The base station notifies the start time position of the downlink data channel as the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs, and one time unit includes Y OFDM symbols.
  • the base station may send the indication signaling to the terminal, where the indication signaling carries the 1-bit indication information. Further, it is assumed that the downlink data is carried in the frequency band carrying the indication signaling, that is, the downlink control region and the downlink data region are in the frequency. Overlapping on the domain.
  • the terminal After receiving the indication signaling sent by the base station, the terminal determines the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the one downlink TTI based on the 1-bit indication information carried in the indication signaling.
  • the downlink control region occupies the first two OFDM symbols in one downlink TTI in the full bandwidth, and then the base station may send an indication message to the terminal by using at least one OFDM symbol in the two OFDM symbols. If the value of the 1-bit indication information carried in the indication signaling is 0, the base station notifies the terminal that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the one downlink TTI is the second OFDM symbol.
  • the downlink control region occupies the first two OFDM symbols in one downlink TTI in the full bandwidth, and then the base station may send an indication to the terminal by using at least one OFDM symbol in the two OFDM symbols. If the value of the 1-bit indication information carried in the indication signaling is 1, the base station notifies the terminal that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the one downlink TTI is the third OFDM symbol.
  • a slot can be further divided into two micro-slots, namely, slot 1 and slot 2, wherein slot 1 occupies the first, second, and third OFDM symbols.
  • the time slot 2 occupies the 4th, 5th, 6th, and 7th OFDM symbols
  • the downlink control area occupies the first OFDM symbol and the fourth OFDM symbol in one downlink TTI, that is, the time slot 1 in the full bandwidth.
  • the base station can send the indication signaling to the terminal by using the first OFDM symbol and the four OFDM symbols, and the 1-bit indication information carried in the indication signaling sent by the first OFDM symbol indicates that the base station notifies the terminal:
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the time slot 1 is the second OFDM symbol; and the 1 bit indication information carried in the indication signaling sent by the fourth OFDM symbol indicates that the base station notifies the terminal:
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel within 2 is the 5th OFDM symbol.
  • the foregoing indication signaling may be any one of DCI, RRC signaling, or broadcast signaling.
  • the base station informs that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is a specified time unit, and one time unit includes Y OFDM symbols.
  • one slot includes L downlink TTIs, and one downlink TTI includes Y OFDM symbols, and is divided into Q subband groups in the full bandwidth, where L, Q, and Y are greater than or equal to 1.
  • the base station may send the indication signaling to the terminal, where the indication signaling carries the indication information of the Q*N bit, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and an indication information of an N bit is used to indicate: the corresponding one
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the subband group is a specified time unit.
  • the terminal After receiving the indication signaling sent by the base station, the terminal determines, according to the indication signaling, that the downlink data is only transmitted in the subband group that carries the indication signaling, and determines the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs.
  • the starting position of the domain, ie N 1.
  • the downlink control region occupies M OFDM in the full bandwidth, and M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the base station can send indication signaling to the terminal through the M OFDM symbols, and carry the indication.
  • the downlink information is carried in the frequency band of the signaling, that is, the downlink control area and the downlink data area are overlapped in the frequency domain, and the indication information carried by the indication signaling is used to indicate: the sub-band group carrying the indication signaling (That is, the downlink data channel time domain start position in the L downlink TTIs in the subband group 1) is the M+1th OFDM symbol.
  • the downlink control area is within the weight bandwidth, occupying M OFDM symbols, and M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the base station can send indication signaling to the terminal through the M OFDM symbols, and the bearer
  • the downlink information is not carried in the frequency band of the indication signaling, that is, the downlink control area and the downlink data area are overlapped in the frequency domain, and the indication information carried by the downlink indication signaling is used to indicate that the downlink indication signaling is carried.
  • the downlink data channel time domain start position in the L downlink TTIs in the subband group is the first OFDM symbol.
  • the base station informs that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is a specified time unit, and one time unit includes Y OFDM symbols.
  • one slot includes L downlink TTIs, and one downlink TTI includes Y OFDM symbols, and is divided into Q subband groups in the full bandwidth, where L, Q, and Y are greater than or equal to 1.
  • the base station may send the indication signaling to the terminal, where the indication signaling carries the indication information of the Q*N bit, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and an indication information of an N bit is used to indicate: the corresponding one
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the subband group is a specified time unit.
  • the terminal After receiving the indication signaling sent by the base station, the terminal determines, according to the indication signaling, that the downlink data is only transmitted in the subband group that carries the indication signaling, and determines the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs. The starting position of the domain.
  • the downlink control region occupies M OFDM symbols in the full bandwidth, and M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the base station can send indication signaling to the terminal through the M OFDM symbols.
  • the indication information carried in the indication signaling is used to indicate: a downlink data channel in L downlink TTIs in a subband group (ie, subband group 2) carrying the indication signaling corresponding to other terminals but not carrying the indication signaling.
  • the time domain start position is the M+1th OFDM symbol; in the L downlink TTIs in the subband group (ie, the subband group 3) that does not carry the indication signaling and does not carry the indication signaling corresponding to other terminals
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel is the first OFDM symbol.
  • the downlink control region occupies M OFDM symbols in the full bandwidth, and M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the base station can send indication signaling to the terminal through the M OFDM symbols, then,
  • the indication information carried by the indication signaling is used to indicate: L downlink TTIs in a subband group (ie, subband group 2 and subband group 3) that does not carry the indication signaling but carries indication signaling corresponding to other terminals.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel within is the M+1th OFDM symbol.
  • the foregoing indication signaling may be any one of DCI, RRC signaling, or broadcast signaling.
  • the base station informs that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is a specified time unit, and one time unit includes Y and OFDM symbols, and the start position of the terminal default data area.
  • L downlink TTIs include M OFDM symbols, and are divided into Q subband groups in a full bandwidth, where L, M, and Q are integers greater than or equal to 1, and each subband group includes at least one Subband.
  • the base station may send the indication signaling to the terminal, where the indication signaling carries the indication signaling of the Q bit, and the information of the 1 bit is used to indicate: the downlink data in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one subband group.
  • the time domain start position of the channel is the first time unit, or is the Zth time unit, where Z is a predefined value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a value broadcasted by a broadcast signaling.
  • the terminal After receiving the indication signaling sent by the base station, the terminal determines, according to the indication information carried by the indication signaling, a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group.
  • the base station may send indication signaling to the terminal by using at least one OFDM symbol of the Z OFDM symbols, and the subband group 1 and the subband
  • the group 2 carries the indication signaling, and the sub-band group 3 does not carry the indication signaling.
  • the 1-bit indication information corresponding to the sub-band group 2 carried in the indication signaling indicates that the corresponding sub-band group 2
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs is the Zth OFDM symbol; the 1-bit indication information corresponding to the subband group 3 carried in the indication signaling is used to indicate the corresponding subband group 3
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs is the first OFDM symbol.
  • each subband group occupies Z OFDM symbols, and Z is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the base station may send indication signaling to the terminal through at least one OFDM symbol of the Z OFDM symbols, and the subband group 1,
  • the sub-band group 2 and the sub-band group 3 all carry the indication signaling, and the 1-bit indication information corresponding to the sub-band group 1 carried in the indication signaling indicates that the corresponding sub-band group 1 has L downlink TTIs.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel is the Zth OFDM symbol; the 1-bit indication information corresponding to the subband group 2 carried in the indication signaling is used to indicate the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding subband group 2
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel is the Zth OFDM symbol; the 1-bit indication information corresponding to the subband group 3 carried in the indication signaling is used to indicate the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding subband group 3
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel is the Zth OFDM symbol.
  • each subband group occupies Z OFDM symbols, and Z is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the base station may send indication signaling to the terminal through at least one OFDM symbol of the Z OFDM symbols, and the subband group 1
  • the above indication signaling is carried, and the indication signaling is not carried in the subband group 2 and the subband group 3, and the 1 bit indication information corresponding to the subband group 1 carried in the indication signaling indicates the corresponding sub
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the group 1 is the Zth OFDM symbol;
  • the 1-bit indication information corresponding to the subband group 2 carried in the indication signaling is used to indicate the corresponding sub
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the group 2 is the Zth OFDM symbol;
  • the 1-bit indication information corresponding to the subband group 3 carried in the indication signaling is used to indicate the corresponding sub
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the group 3 is the Zth OFDM symbol.
  • the foregoing indication signaling may be any one of DCI, RRC signaling, or broadcast signaling.
  • the base station notifies the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group, and is part of the resource unit occupied by the DCI corresponding to the other terminal in the resource unit for transmitting the downlink data.
  • L downlink TTIs include M OFDM symbols, and are divided into Q subband groups in a full bandwidth, where L, M, and Q are integers greater than or equal to 1, and each subband group includes at least one Subband, the downlink control region occupies X time units in the time domain, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, one time unit contains Y OFDM symbols, Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the terminal defaults to the downlink data region.
  • the start position of the domain is the first time unit within the L downlink TTIs.
  • the base station may send a DCI to the terminal, where the DCI is used to indicate a resource unit for transmitting downlink data in the downlink data region in the L downlink TTIs, and the resource unit for indicating the foregoing downlink data is corresponding to the other terminal. Part of the resource unit occupied by the DCI.
  • the terminal After receiving the indication signaling sent by the base station, the terminal determines, according to the indication information carried by the indication signaling, from the resource units for transmitting the downlink data, other resource units except the part of the resource units, and determining L.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the downlink TTI After receiving the indication signaling sent by the base station, the terminal determines, according to the indication information carried by the indication signaling, from the resource units for transmitting the downlink data, other resource units except the part of the resource units, and determining L. The time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the downlink TTI.
  • the terminal defaults to L downlinks.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data area in the TTI is the first time unit, and the terminal receives the DCI in the downlink data area, and determines, according to the DCI, the downlink data area in the L downlink TTIs for transmitting downlink data.
  • a resource unit and determining a resource unit occupied by the DCI corresponding to the other terminal, and determining, within the L downlink TTIs, from the resource units for transmitting the downlink data, and other resource units except the resource unit occupied by the DCI corresponding to the other terminal.
  • Scenario 7 The base station notifies the start time position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group.
  • L downlink TTIs include M OFDM symbols, and are divided into Q subband groups in a full bandwidth, where L, M, and Q are integers greater than or equal to 1, and each subband group includes at least one Subband, the downlink control region occupies X time units in the time domain, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, one time unit contains Y OFDM symbols, Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the terminal defaults the downlink data region
  • the time domain start position is the X+1th time unit in the L downlink TTIs.
  • the base station may send a DCI to the terminal, where the DCI carries scheduling information, where the scheduling information is used to indicate resource elements used for transmitting downlink data in the downlink control region in the L downlink TTIs of the scheduled terminal, and indicates that the scheduled terminal is in the A resource unit for transmitting data in a downlink data area.
  • the scheduled terminal After receiving the DCI, the scheduled terminal determines a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs based on the scheduling information carried by the DCI.
  • the terminal defaults to L downlinks.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data region in the TTI is the X+1th time unit, and the downlink data channel of the terminal may be transmitted in a subband transmitting its downlink control channel, or may be in a subchannel of which the downlink control channel is not transmitted.
  • the terminal determines, according to the scheduling information carried in the DCI, the time domain starting position in the downlink control area occupying X time units in the time domain as the first time unit, Determining that the start time of the time domain in the downlink data area is the X+1th time unit.
  • the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs of the scheduled terminal in the downlink control area cannot occupy the downlink control channel occupied by the DCI. .
  • Scenario 8 The base station notifies the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each specific subband group and/or the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each non-specific subband group The starting position of the domain.
  • L downlink TTIs include M OFDM symbols, and are divided into Q subband groups in a full bandwidth, where L, M, and Q are integers greater than or equal to 1, and each subband group includes at least one Subband, the downlink control region occupies X time units in the time domain, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, one time unit contains Y OFDM symbols, Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the terminal defaults the downlink data region
  • the time domain start position is the X+1th time unit in the L downlink TTIs.
  • the base station may send a DCI to the terminal, where the DCI carries 1 bit of indication information for each subband group.
  • a 1-bit indication information corresponding to each specific subband group is used to indicate that the X time units are occupied in the time domain in the corresponding specific subband group.
  • a 1-bit indication information corresponding to each non-specific subband group is used to indicate that Xs are occupied in the time domain in the corresponding non-specific subband group.
  • the sub-band group 1 is a specific sub-band group for transmitting DCI
  • the 1-bit indication information corresponding to the sub-band group 1 has a value of 1, and then, within the L downlink TTIs in the sub-band group 1
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel is the first time unit.
  • the downlink data channel for transmitting the downlink data cannot overlap with the downlink control channel for transmitting the DCI
  • the subband group 2 is the specific subband group for transmitting the DCI.
  • the value of the 1-bit indication information corresponding to the sub-band group 2 is 0.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the sub-band group 2 is the Xth time unit; the sub-band group 3
  • the value of the 1-bit indication information corresponding to the sub-band group 3 is 1, then the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the sub-band group 2 Is the first time unit.
  • the sub-band group 1 is a specific sub-band group for transmitting DCI, and the 1-bit indication information corresponding to the sub-band group 1 has a value of 0.
  • L downlink TTIs The time domain start position of the downlink data channel is the Xth time unit.
  • the downlink data channel for transmitting the downlink data cannot overlap with the downlink control channel for transmitting the DCI; the subband group 2 is the specific subcarrier for transmitting the DCI.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the sub-band group 2 is the Xth time unit;
  • the group 3 is a non-specific sub-band group that does not transmit the DCI, and the value of the 1-bit indication information corresponding to the sub-band group 3 is 1, then, in the time domain of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the sub-band group 2
  • the starting position is the first time unit.
  • Scenario 9 The terminal determines, according to the received DCI, the resource unit occupied by the DCI in the downlink control region, and determines the downlink in the L downlink transmission time interval TTI based on the resource unit occupied by the DCI in the downlink control region.
  • TTI downlink transmission time interval
  • L downlink TTIs include M OFDM symbols, and are divided into Q subband groups in a full bandwidth, where L, M, and Q are integers greater than or equal to 1, and each subband group includes at least one Subband, the downlink control region occupies X time units in the time domain, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, one time unit contains Y OFDM symbols, Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the terminal defaults the downlink data region
  • the time domain start position is the X+1th time unit in the L downlink TTIs.
  • the terminal determines, according to the resource unit occupied by the received DCI in the downlink control region, a specific subband group that transmits the DCI and a non-specific subband group that does not transmit the DCI, and determines each specific subband group and each in each The time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the non-specific subband group.
  • the subband group 1 is a specific subband group for transmitting DCI corresponding to the scheduled terminal
  • the subband group Q is non-specific of the DCI corresponding to the untransmitted scheduled terminal.
  • the sub-band group 2 carries DCIs corresponding to other terminals, and then the scheduled terminal determines that the corresponding DCIs occupy the resource units occupied by the downlink control areas of the X time units in the time domain, and the sub-bands
  • the first time unit in the group 1 is used as the time domain starting position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs; the sub-band group 2 - the sub-band group Q is the non-specific sub-band group in which the DCI corresponding to the scheduled terminal is not transmitted.
  • the scheduled terminal uses the first time unit in the sub-band group 2-sub-band group Q as the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, of course, for the CDI corresponding to the untransmitted scheduled terminal.
  • the non-specific sub-band group, the scheduled terminal may also use the X+1th time unit as the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs.
  • the subband group 1 and the subband group 2 are specific subband groups of the DCI corresponding to the scheduled terminal, and the other subband groups are non-specific subband groups of the DCI corresponding to the unscheduled terminal.
  • the scheduled terminal uses the first time unit as the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs.
  • the downlink data channel and the DCI corresponding to the scheduled terminal occupy the downlink.
  • the control channels cannot overlap; for the subband group 2, the scheduled terminal uses the X+1th time unit as the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs; for the subband group 1 and the subband group 2 For other non-specific subband groups, the scheduled terminal uses the X+1th time unit as the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs.
  • an apparatus for example, a base station for determining a starting position of a downlink data channel includes at least a generating unit 120 and a sending unit 121, where
  • the generating unit 120 is configured to generate indication signaling, where the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is used to indicate a time domain starting position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink transmission time intervals TTI, where L is greater than or equal to An integer of 1;
  • the sending unit 121 is configured to send the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 to the terminal.
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is used to indicate a time domain starting location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, including:
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is used to indicate that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs within the specified bandwidth, where the designation The bandwidth is part or all of the working bandwidth used by the base station, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, one time unit contains Y orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is a DCI, where the DCI carries an N1 bit information field, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N1 bit information field is used to indicate L
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the downlink TTI is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth; or
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is RRC signaling, where the RRC signaling carries an N2bit information field, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N2bit information field is used to indicate L
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the downlink TTI is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth; or
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is broadcast signaling, and the broadcast signaling is sent once every M1 slot slots, where M1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and a slot includes at least one downlink TTI,
  • the broadcast signaling is used to indicate that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in all L downlink TTIs in the M1 slots is: the Xth time unit in all L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth.
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is used to indicate a time domain starting location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, including:
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is used to indicate that the time domain starting position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is a specified time unit, where each subband group includes at least One subband, one time unit contains Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is used to indicate that the time domain starting location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is a specified time unit, and specifically includes:
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is a DCI, where the DCI carries an information field of Q1*N3bit, where Q1 is a group number of subband groups, and Q1 and N3 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • Each N3bit information field in the information domain of the Q1*N3bit corresponds to one subband group, wherein an N3bit information field indicates: the time domain start of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding subband group Position, which is the Xth time unit, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1; or,
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is RRC signaling, and the RRC signaling carries an information domain of Q2*N4bit, where Q2 is the number of groups of subband groups, and Q2 and N4 are greater than or equal to 1.
  • Q2 is the number of groups of subband groups, and Q2 and N4 are greater than or equal to 1.
  • An integer where each N4bit information field in the information domain of the Q2*N4bit corresponds to one subband group, where an N4bit information field indicates: a downlink data channel in L downlink TTIs in a corresponding subband group
  • the start of the time domain is the Xth time unit, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1; or,
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is broadcast signaling, and the broadcast signaling is sent once every M2 slot slots, where M2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and a slot includes at least one downlink TTI,
  • the broadcast signaling is used to indicate that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is the Xth time unit, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is used to indicate that the time domain starting location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is a specified time unit, and specifically includes:
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is a DCI, where the DCI carries an information domain of a Q3 bit, where Q3 is the number of groups of the subband group, Q3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the information domain of the Q3bit
  • Each of the 1-bit information fields respectively represents a flag bit corresponding to one sub-band group setting, wherein one flag bit is used to indicate: a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in L downlink TTIs in a corresponding sub-band group , for the first time unit or the Z1 time unit, Z1 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a value notified by a broadcast signaling, and Z1 is an integer greater than or equal to 2; or
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is RRC signaling, and the RRC signaling carries an information field of Q4bit, where Q4 is the number of groups of subband groups, and Q4 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • Each of the 1-bit information fields in the Q4bit information field respectively indicates an identifier bit corresponding to one sub-band group setting, wherein one flag bit is used to indicate the time of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one sub-band group.
  • the starting position of the domain is the first time unit or the Z2 time unit, and Z2 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a value notified by a broadcast signaling, and Z2 is an integer greater than or equal to 2; or
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is broadcast signaling, and the broadcast signaling carries an information domain of a Q5 bit, where Q5 is the number of groups of subband groups, and each bit of the Q5bit information field is 1 bit.
  • the information fields respectively indicate the identifier bits corresponding to one subband group setting, wherein one flag bit is used to indicate: the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one subband group, which is the first
  • the time unit or the Z3th time unit, Z3 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a value notified by a broadcast signaling, and Z3 is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is used to indicate a time domain starting location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, including:
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is a DCI, where the DCI is used to indicate a resource unit for transmitting downlink data in a downlink data region in the L downlink TTIs, and the resource unit for transmitting the downlink data.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs is determined by the resource unit other than the resource unit occupied by the DCI, where the terminal defaults the time domain start position of the downlink data area to the L
  • the first time unit in the downlink TTI, one time unit contains Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is used to indicate a time domain starting location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, including:
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is a DCI, where the DCI carries scheduling information, where the scheduling information is used to indicate a resource unit used by the terminal to transmit downlink data in a downlink control region in the L downlink TTIs, and an indication.
  • the terminal is used to transmit the resource unit of the downlink data in the downlink data area, and triggers the terminal to perform the following operations: determining, according to the scheduling information carried by the DCI, a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, where The downlink control region occupies X time units in the time domain, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, one time unit includes Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the terminal defaults to the downlink data region.
  • the time domain start position is the X+1th time unit in the L downlink TTIs.
  • the scheduling information is a specified bandwidth or scheduling information on each subband group, where each subband group includes at least one subband.
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is used to indicate a time domain starting location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, including:
  • the indication signaling generated by the generating unit 120 is a DCI, and the DCI is an information domain carrying 1 bit for each subband group, where each subband group includes at least one subband;
  • a 1-bit information field corresponding to each of the specific subband groups is used to indicate that X time is occupied in the time domain in the corresponding specific subband group. Determining, in a downlink control region of the unit, a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding specific subband group from other resource units except the resource unit occupied by the DCI Or, in the corresponding specific subband group, the first resource unit after the downlink control region occupying X time units in the L downlink TTIs is determined as the corresponding specific subband group a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, one time unit includes Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • each 1-bit information field corresponding to each of the non-specific sub-band groups is used to indicate that in the corresponding non-specific sub-band group, L Within the downlink TTI, the downlink control region occupying X time units in the time domain is determined as the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding non-specific subband group, or In the corresponding non-specific subband group, the first resource unit after the downlink control region occupying X time units in the time domain is determined to be the corresponding non-specific subband group in the L downlink TTIs. The time domain start position of the downlink data channel within the L downlink TTIs.
  • the resource unit is any one of a physical resource block PRB, a PRB group, a control channel element CCE, or a CCE group.
  • a device for determining a starting position of a downlink data channel includes at least a first receiving unit 130 and a first determining unit 131, where
  • the first receiving unit 130 is configured to receive indication signaling sent by the base station
  • the first determining unit 131 is configured to determine, according to the indication signaling, a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink transmission time intervals TTI, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the first determining unit 131 when determining a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs based on the indication signaling, is configured to:
  • a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs an Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth, where the specified bandwidth is used by the base station Part or all of the operating bandwidth, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, one time unit contains Y orthogonal frequency division multiplexed OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to one.
  • the indication signaling is a DCI, where the DCI carries an N1 bit information field, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N1 bit information field is used to indicate downlink in L downlink TTIs.
  • the time domain start position of the data channel is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs within the specified bandwidth; or
  • the indication signaling is RRC signaling, and the RRC signaling carries an N2bit information field, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N2bit information field is used to indicate downlink in L downlink TTIs.
  • the time domain start position of the data channel is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs within the specified bandwidth; or
  • the indication signaling is broadcast signaling, and the broadcast signaling is sent once every M1 slot slots, where M1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and one slot includes at least one downlink TTI, and the broadcast signaling is used for
  • M1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1
  • one slot includes at least one downlink TTI
  • the broadcast signaling is used for
  • the time domain start position indicating the downlink data channel in all L downlink TTIs in the M1 slots is: the Xth time unit in all L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth.
  • the first determining unit 131 when determining a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs based on the indication signaling, is configured to:
  • each subband group includes at least one subband, one The time unit contains Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the first determining unit 131 is specifically configured to: :
  • the indication signaling is DCI
  • the DCI carries an information field of Q1*N3bit
  • Q1 is a group number of subband groups
  • Q1 and N3 are integers greater than or equal to 1
  • X is greater than Or an integer equal to 1;
  • Determining, in each of the N4bit information fields of the Q2*N4bit information field carried in the indication signaling, the time domain starting position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one subband group is the Xth a time unit, where the indication signaling is RRC signaling, the RRC signaling carries an information field of Q2*N4bit, Q2 is a group number of subband groups, and Q2 and N4 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • X is an integer greater than or equal to 1; or,
  • Determining, according to the indication signaling, a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is an Xth time unit, where the indication signaling is broadcast signaling,
  • the broadcast signaling is sent once every M2 slot slots, where M2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and a slot includes at least one downlink TTI, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the first determining unit 131 is specifically configured to: :
  • Determining Determining, according to the flag bit corresponding to each 1-bit information field in the information domain of the Q3 bit carried in the indication signaling, determining a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one subband group A time unit or a Z1 time unit, wherein the indication signaling is DCI, the DCI carries an information field of Q3bit, Q3 is a group number of subband groups, and Q3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • Z1 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a value notified by a broadcast signaling, and Z1 is an integer greater than or equal to 2; or
  • the indication signaling is RRC signaling
  • the RRC signaling carries an information domain of Q4bit
  • Q4 is a group number of subband groups
  • Q4 is greater than or An integer equal to 1
  • Z2 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a value notified by a broadcast signaling
  • Z2 is an integer greater than or equal to 2; or
  • the value, the value of the RRC signaling notification, or the value of the broadcast signaling notification, Z3 is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the first determining unit 131 when determining a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs based on the indication signaling, is configured to:
  • the indication signaling is a DCI, where the DCI is used to indicate a resource unit for transmitting downlink data in a downlink data region in the L downlink TTIs, and a resource unit that is used to transmit the downlink data, A resource unit occupied by a DCI corresponding to another device.
  • the first determining unit 131 when determining a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs based on the indication signaling, is configured to:
  • the indication signaling is a DCI
  • the DCI carries scheduling information, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the apparatus is used to transmit downlink data in a downlink control region in L downlink TTIs. And a unit of resources indicating that the apparatus is used to transmit downlink data in a downlink data region.
  • the scheduling information is a specified bandwidth or scheduling information on each subband group, where each subband group includes at least one subband.
  • the first determining unit 131 when determining a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs based on the indication signaling, is configured to:
  • the indication signaling is a DCI
  • the apparatus acquires, from the DCI, an information field that carries 1 bit for each subband group, where each subband group includes at least one subband;
  • each specific subband group transmitting the DCI performing the following operations based on a 1-bit information field corresponding to each of the specific subband groups: occupying X in the time domain in the corresponding specific subband group Determining, in a downlink control region of the time unit, a time domain start of a downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding specific subband group from other resource units except the resource unit occupied by the DCI Position, or, in the corresponding specific subband group, the first resource unit after the downlink control region occupying X time units in the L downlink TTIs is determined as the corresponding specific subband
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the group where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, one time unit includes Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the first time unit in the downlink control region occupying X time units in the time domain is determined as the time domain of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding non-specific subband group a starting position, or, in a corresponding non-specific subband group, determining, in the L downlink TTIs, the first resource unit after the downlink control region occupying X time units in the time domain, as the corresponding The time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the non-specific subband group.
  • the resource unit is any one of a physical resource block PRB, a PRB group, a control channel element CCE, or a CCE group.
  • another apparatus for determining a starting position of a downlink data channel includes at least a second receiving unit 140 and a second determining unit 141, where
  • a second receiving unit 140 configured to receive a DCI, and determine, according to the DCI, a resource unit that is occupied by the DCI in a downlink control region;
  • the second determining unit 141 is configured to determine, according to the resource unit occupied by the DCI in the downlink control region, a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink transmission time intervals TTI, where L is greater than or equal to 1 The integer.
  • the second determining unit 141 when determining, according to the resource unit occupied by the DCI in the downlink control region, the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, the second determining unit 141 is configured to:
  • each subband group includes at least one subband.
  • the device defaults to a downlink control region in each subband group, and occupies X time units in the time domain, one The time unit includes Y orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, X is a preset value, and X and Y are integers greater than or equal to 1;
  • the second determining unit 141 is configured to:
  • the second determining unit 141 Determining, in a downlink control region in a specific subband group, a time domain of a downlink data channel in L downlink TTIs in the one specific subband group from among other resource units except the resource unit a starting position; for each non-specific subband group, the second determining unit 141 is configured to:
  • the base station includes a processor 150 and a transceiver 151, where
  • the processor 150 is configured to read a program in the memory and perform the following process:
  • the indication signaling is used to indicate a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink transmission time intervals TTI, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the transceiver 151 is configured to send the indication signaling according to the control of the processor 150.
  • the indication signaling generated by the processor 150 is used to indicate that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth, where The specified bandwidth is part or all of the working bandwidth used by the base station, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, one time unit includes Y orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling generated by the processor 150 is DCI, where the DCI carries an N1 bit information field, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N1 bit information field is used to indicate L downlink TTIs.
  • the time domain starting position of the downlink data channel is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs within the specified bandwidth; or
  • the indication signaling generated by the processor 150 is RRC signaling, and the RRC signaling carries an N2bit information field, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N2bit information field is used to indicate L downlink TTIs.
  • the time domain starting position of the downlink data channel is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs within the specified bandwidth; or
  • the indication signaling generated by the processor 150 is broadcast signaling, and the foregoing broadcast signaling is sent once every M1 time slot, wherein M1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and a slot includes at least one downlink TTI, and the foregoing broadcast signaling
  • M1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1
  • a slot includes at least one downlink TTI
  • the time domain start position for indicating the downlink data channel in all L downlink TTIs in the above M1 slots is: the Xth time unit in all L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth.
  • the indication signaling generated by the processor 150 is used to indicate a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, including:
  • the indication signaling generated by the processor 150 is used to indicate that the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is a specified time unit, where each subband group includes at least one Subband, one time unit contains Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling generated by the processor 150 is used to indicate that the time domain start location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is a specified time unit, and specifically includes:
  • the indication signaling generated by the processor 150 is a DCI, and the DCI carries an information field of Q1*N3bit, where Q1 is the number of groups of subband groups, and Q1 and N3 are integers greater than or equal to 1, the above Q1*N3bit
  • Each N3bit information field in the information field corresponds to a subband group, wherein an N3bit information field indicates: a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in L downlink TTIs in a corresponding subband group, The Xth time unit, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1; or,
  • the indication signaling generated by the processor 150 is RRC signaling, and the RRC signaling carries an information field of Q2*N4bit, where Q2 is the number of groups of subband groups, and Q2 and N4 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • Q2 is the number of groups of subband groups
  • Q2 and N4 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • Each of the N4bit information fields in the information domain of the Q2*N4bit corresponds to one subband group, wherein an N4bit information field indicates: the time domain of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one subband group
  • the starting position is the Xth time unit, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1; or,
  • the indication signaling generated by the processor 150 is broadcast signaling, and the foregoing broadcast signaling is sent once every M2 slot slots, where M2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and one slot includes at least one downlink TTI, and the foregoing broadcast signaling
  • M2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1
  • one slot includes at least one downlink TTI
  • the time domain starting position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is the Xth time unit, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling generated by the processor 150 is used to indicate that the time domain start location of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in each subband group is a specified time unit, and specifically includes:
  • the indication signaling generated by the processor 150 is DCI, and the DCI carries the Q3bit information field, where Q3 is the number of groups of the subband group, and Q3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and each of the Q3bit information fields
  • the information fields of the 1 bit respectively indicate the flag bits corresponding to one subband group setting, wherein one flag bit is used to indicate: the time domain starting position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one subband group, which is a time unit or a Z1 time unit, Z1 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a value notified by a broadcast signaling, and Z1 is an integer greater than or equal to 2; or
  • the instruction signaling generated by the processor 150 is RRC signaling, and the RRC signaling carries an information field of Q4bit, where Q4 is the number of groups of subband groups, Q4 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the information of the Q4bit is Each of the 1-bit information fields in the domain respectively indicates an identifier bit corresponding to one sub-band group setting, wherein one flag bit is used to indicate: a time domain start of a downlink data channel in L downlink TTIs in a corresponding sub-band group The position is the first time unit or the Z2 time unit, and Z2 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a value notified by a broadcast signaling, and Z2 is an integer greater than or equal to 2; or
  • the indication signaling generated by the processor 150 is broadcast signaling, and the broadcast signaling carries the information domain of the Q5 bit, where Q5 is the number of groups of the subband group, and each 1 bit information domain of the Q5bit information domain is respectively Indicates an identifier bit corresponding to a subband group setting, where an identifier bit is used to indicate: a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in L downlink TTIs in a corresponding subband group, which is the first time unit or
  • the Z3 time unit, Z3 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a value notified by a broadcast signaling, and Z3 is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the indication signaling generated by the processor 150 is used to indicate a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, including:
  • the indication signaling generated by the processor 150 is a DCI, where the DCI is used to indicate a resource unit for transmitting downlink data in a downlink data region in the L downlink TTIs, and a resource unit that is used to transmit the downlink data, The resource unit occupied by the DCI corresponding to the other terminal, and triggering the terminal to perform the following operations: based on the indication signaling generated by the processor 150, the resource unit occupied by the DCI corresponding to the other terminal from the resource unit for transmitting the downlink data And determining, by the other resource units, a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, where the terminal defaults the time domain start position of the downlink data area, which is the first in the L downlink TTIs. Time units, one time unit containing Y OFDM symbols, and Y being an integer greater than or equal to one.
  • the indication signaling generated by the processor 150 is used to indicate a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, including:
  • the indication signaling generated by the processor 150 is DCI, and the DCI carries scheduling information, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the terminal uses the resource unit for transmitting downlink data in the downlink control region in the L downlink TTIs, and indicates that the terminal is in the downlink.
  • a resource unit for transmitting downlink data in the data area and triggering the terminal to: determine, according to the scheduling information carried by the DCI, a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, where the downlink control area X time units are occupied in the time domain, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, a time unit contains Y OFDM symbols, Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the terminal defaults the time domain start position of the downlink data region. It is the X+1th time unit in the above L downlink TTIs.
  • the foregoing scheduling information is a specified bandwidth or scheduling information on each subband group, where each subband group includes at least one subband.
  • the indication signaling generated by the processor 150 is used to indicate a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, including:
  • the indication signaling generated by the processor 150 is a DCI, where the DCI carries a 1-bit information field for each sub-band group, where each sub-band group includes at least one sub-band;
  • a 1-bit information field corresponding to each of the specific subband groups described above is used to indicate that X time units are occupied in the time domain in the corresponding specific subband group. Determining, in a downlink control region, a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding specific subband group from other resource units except the resource unit occupied by the DCI; or In the corresponding specific subband group, the first resource unit after the downlink control region occupying X time units in the L downlink TTIs is determined as the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding specific subband group.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel wherein X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, one time unit contains Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • each 1-bit information field corresponding to each of the non-specific sub-band groups is used to indicate that, in the corresponding non-specific sub-band group, L downlinks are Within the TTI, the downlink control region occupying X time units in the time domain is determined as the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding non-specific subband group, or In the non-specific subband group, the first resource unit after the downlink control region occupying X time units in the L downlink TTIs is determined as the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding non-specific subband group. The time domain start position of the downstream data channel.
  • the foregoing resource unit is any one of a physical resource block PRB, a PRB group, a control channel element CCE, or a CCE group.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 150 and various circuits of memory represented by the memory.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • Transceiver 151 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the terminal includes a processor 160 and a transceiver 161, where
  • the transceiver 161 is configured to receive indication signaling under the control of the processor 160.
  • the processor 160 is configured to read a program in the memory and perform the following process:
  • the processor 160 when determining a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs based on the foregoing indication signaling, the processor 160 is specifically configured to:
  • a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs an Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth, where the specified bandwidth is a part used by the base station or All working bandwidth, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, one time unit contains Y orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling is a DCI, where the DCI carries an N1 bit information field, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N1 bit information field is used to indicate a downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs.
  • the start time of the time domain is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs within the specified bandwidth; or
  • the foregoing indication signaling is RRC signaling, where the RRC signaling carries an N2bit information field, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N2bit information field is used to indicate a downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs.
  • the start time of the time domain is: the Xth time unit in the L downlink TTIs within the specified bandwidth; or
  • the above indication signaling is broadcast signaling, and the foregoing broadcast signaling is sent once every M1 time slot, wherein M1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and a slot includes at least one downlink TTI, and the broadcast signaling is used to indicate
  • M1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1
  • a slot includes at least one downlink TTI
  • the broadcast signaling is used to indicate
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in all L downlink TTIs in the M1 slots is: the Xth time unit in all L downlink TTIs in the specified bandwidth.
  • the processor 160 when determining a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs based on the foregoing indication signaling, the processor 160 is specifically configured to:
  • a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in each of the L downlink TTIs in each subband group as a specified time unit, where each subband group includes at least one subband, one time
  • the unit contains Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the processor 160 is specifically configured to:
  • Determining the time domain starting position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one subband group according to the information field of each N3 bit in the information domain of the Q1*N3bit carried in the indication signaling, respectively, is the Xth a time unit, wherein the indication signaling is DCI, the DCI carries an information field of Q1*N3bit, Q1 is a group number of subband groups, Q1 and N3 are integers greater than or equal to 1, and X is greater than or equal to 1. Integer; or,
  • the time domain starting position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding one subband group is determined to be the Xth time, respectively, based on the information field of each N4 bit in the information domain of the Q2*N4bit information carried by the indication signaling.
  • each M2 slot slot be sent once, where M2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and a slot contains at least one downlink TTI, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the processor 160 is specifically configured to:
  • the time unit is either the Z1 time unit, wherein the indication signaling is DCI, the DCI carries the Q3bit information field, Q3 is the number of the subband group, and Q3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and Z1 is The preset value, the value of the RRC signaling notification, or the value of the broadcast signaling notification, Z1 is an integer greater than or equal to 2; or,
  • the time unit is the Z2 time unit, wherein the indication signaling is RRC signaling, the RRC signaling carries the Q4bit information field, Q4 is the number of the subband group, and Q4 is greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication signaling is RRC signaling
  • the RRC signaling carries the Q4bit information field
  • Q4 is the number of the subband group
  • Q4 is greater than or equal to 1.
  • An integer Z2 is a preset value, a value notified by RRC signaling, or a value notified by a broadcast signaling, and Z2 is an integer greater than or equal to 2; or
  • the time unit is the Z3 time unit, wherein the indication signaling is broadcast signaling, the broadcast signaling carries the Q5bit information field, Q5 is the number of the subband group, and Z3 is a preset value.
  • the value of the RRC signaling notification or the value of the broadcast signaling notification, Z3 is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the processor 160 when determining a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs based on the foregoing indication signaling, the processor 160 is specifically configured to:
  • the indication signaling is a DCI, where the DCI is used to indicate a resource unit for transmitting downlink data in a downlink data region in the L downlink TTIs, and a DCI corresponding to the other device in the resource unit for transmitting the downlink data.
  • the resource unit occupied is a DCI, where the DCI is used to indicate a resource unit for transmitting downlink data in a downlink data region in the L downlink TTIs, and a DCI corresponding to the other device in the resource unit for transmitting the downlink data.
  • the processor 160 when determining a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs based on the foregoing indication signaling, the processor 160 is specifically configured to:
  • the indication signaling is a DCI, where the DCI carries scheduling information, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the device is used to transmit downlink data in a downlink control region in the L downlink TTIs, and the device is in the downlink.
  • the foregoing scheduling information is a specified bandwidth or scheduling information on each subband group, where each subband group includes at least one subband.
  • the processor 160 when determining a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs based on the foregoing indication signaling, the processor 160 is specifically configured to:
  • the above indication signaling is a DCI
  • the foregoing apparatus obtains, from the DCI, an information field that carries 1 bit for each subband group, where each subband group includes at least one subband;
  • each specific subband group transmitting the above DCI performing the following operations based on a 1-bit information field corresponding to each of the specific subband groups described above: occupying X time units in the time domain in the corresponding specific subband group Determining, in a downlink control region, a time domain start position of a downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding specific subband group from other resource units other than the resource unit occupied by the DCI; or In the corresponding specific subband group, the first resource unit after the downlink control region occupying X time units in the L downlink TTIs is determined as the L downlinks in the corresponding specific subband group.
  • the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the TTI where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, one time unit contains Y OFDM symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the following operations are performed based on a 1-bit information field corresponding to each of the non-specific sub-band groups: respectively, in the corresponding non-specific sub-band group, L downlinks In the TTI, the first time unit in the downlink control region occupying X time units in the time domain is determined as the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the corresponding non-specific subband group.
  • the first resource unit after the downlink control region occupying X time units in the L downlink TTIs is determined as the corresponding non-specific subband The time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the group.
  • the foregoing resource unit is any one of a physical resource block PRB, a PRB group, a control channel element CCE, or a CCE group.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 160 and various circuits of memory represented by the memory.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • Transceiver 161 may be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the user interface may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required devices, including but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
  • the processor 160 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and the usual processing, and the memory can store data used by the processor 160 when performing operations.
  • the terminal includes a processor 170 and a transceiver 171, where
  • the transceiver 171 is configured to receive DCI under the control of the processor 170.
  • the processor 170 is configured to read a program in the memory and perform the following process:
  • the processor 170 when determining, according to the resource unit occupied by the DCI in the downlink control region, the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, the processor 170 is specifically configured to:
  • each sub-band group includes at least one sub-band, and the device defaults to a downlink control area in each sub-band group, occupying X time units in the time domain, and one time unit includes Y positive units.
  • Frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols X is a preset value, and X and Y are integers greater than or equal to 1;
  • the processor 170 is specifically configured to:
  • the foregoing processor 170 is specifically configured to:
  • the X+1th time unit in the L downlink TTIs is determined as the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs in the one non-specific subband group.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 170 and various circuits of memory represented by the memory.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • Transceiver 171 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the user interface may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required devices, including but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
  • the processor 170 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and the usual processing, and the memory can store data used by the processor 170 when performing operations.
  • the base station in determining the time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs, the base station sends the indication signaling to the terminal, where the terminal receives the indication signaling. Then, based on the foregoing indication signaling, determining a time domain start position of the downlink data channel in the L downlink TTIs.
  • the base station when the downlink control channel only appears in a partial position in the frequency domain or does not appear, and does not need to occupy the entire downlink control region in the time domain or the resource unit in the time domain is variable, the base station is The terminal can accurately notify the terminal of the time domain starting position of the downlink data channel, so that the terminal can accurately receive the downlink data, thereby improving the efficiency and reliability of the terminal receiving the downlink data, thereby improving the spectrum efficiency and improving the user experience. .
  • embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
  • computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
  • the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.

Abstract

本发明涉及通信技术领域，特别涉及一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的方法及装置，用于解决针对下行控制信道在时域上占用的资源可变时，不能确定下行数据信道在时域上的起始位置的问题。该方法为：基站将生成的指示信令发送给终端，终端基于接收到的指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。采用上述方法，当下行控制信道只出现在频域上的部分位置或者不出现时，且在时域上不需要占满整个下行控制区域或者在时域上所占资源可变时，基站都可以向终端准确地通知下行数据信道的时域起始位置，令终端可以准确地接收下行数据，从而提高了终端接收下行数据的效率和可靠性，进而提升了频谱效率，同时也提升了用户体验。

Description

一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的方法及装置
本申请要求在2017年1月6日提交中国专利局、申请号为201710011429.4、发明名称为“一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本发明涉及通信技术领域，特别涉及一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的方法及装置。
背景技术
随着移动通信技术的快速发展，移动互联网正在颠覆传统移动通信业务模式，为用户提供前所未有的使用体验。移动互联网将推动人类社会信息交互方式的进一步升级，为用户提供增强现实、虚拟现实、超高清视频、移动云等更加丰富的业务体验。移动互联网的发展将带来移动流量超千倍的增长，将推动移动通信技术和产业的新一轮变革。进一步的，物联网的发展则扩展了移动通信的服务范围，从传统的人与人之间的通信延伸到人与物、物与物之间的智能互联，使得移动通信技术为更加丰富的行业和领域提供服务，如移动医疗、车联网、智能家居、工业控制、环境监控等物联网产业将会推动物联网应用的爆发式增长，大量的物联网设备接入网络，以实现“万物互联”，同时，大量的物联网设备连接以及多样化的物联网业务也会给移动通信技术带来新的技术挑战。
随着多样化的设备和业务的出现，对移动通信技术提出了更高的性能要求，例如，更高的峰值速率、更高的用户体验速率、更小的时延、更高的可靠性、更高的频谱效率和更高的能耗效率等，并需要支持更多的用户接入以及承载更多的业务类型，从而需要对上、下行资源的灵活配置来改进现有的移动通信技术。
在现有长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)系统中，上行和下行传输均使用帧结构，一个10ms长度的无线帧包含10个1ms长度的子帧，一个子帧内的下行控制区域占据的时域资源对于所有终端都是相同的，例如，对于物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel，PDCCH)而言，终端需要在物理控制格式指示信道(Physical Control Format Indicator Channel，PCFICH)指示的控制区域内接收自己的下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information，DCI)；而对于增强型物理下行控制信道(Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel，EPDCCH)而言，终端需要在无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，RRC)配置的物理资源块(Physical Resource Block，PRB)内接收自己的DCI，即在LTE系统中，在一个传输时间间隔内，所有终端的下行数据信道具有确定的时域起始位置。
然而，在现有LTE系统中，一个TTI内的下行控制区域与数据区域在资源上是相互独立的，下行控制信道在进行映射时占满下行控制区域的整个时域位置，下行数据信道的时域上的起点位置是确定的，即下行数据信道从该TTI内除控制区域外的第一个正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing，OFDM)符号开始传输或者在不同频域位置的第一个OFDM符号开始传输。那么，在下行控制区域内，当下行控制信道只出现在频 域上的部分位置或者不出现在频域上，且在时域上不需要占满整个下行控制区域或者在时域上所占资源可变时，下行数据信道的起始位置就无法确定了。
综上所述，为了适应移动技术的发展趋势，需要设计一种针对下行控制信道在时域上占用的资源可变时，确定下行数据信道在时域上的起始位置的方法。
发明内容
本发明实施例提供一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的方法及装置，用以解决现有技术应用于第五代移动通信(5-Generation，5G)系统中，存在的针对下行控制信道在时域上占用的资源可变时，不能确定下行数据信道在时域上的起始位置的问题。
第一方面，提供一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的方法，应用于第五代移动通信技术5G系统，包括：
基站生成指示信令，基站将所述指示信令发送给终端。其中，所述指示信令用于指示L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，L为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，所述指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：所述指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元，其中，所述指定带宽为基站使用的部分或全部工作带宽，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个正交频分复用OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有N1bit的信息域，其中，N1为大于或等于1的整数，所述N1bit的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，所述指示信令为无线资源控制RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有N2bit的信息域，其中，N2为大于或等于1的整数，所述N2bit的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令每M1个时隙slot发送一次，其中，M1为大于或等于1的整数，一个slot包含至少一个下行TTI，所述广播信令用于指示在所述M1个slot中的所有L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内所有L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元。
可选的，所述指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：所述指示信令用于指示：每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，所述指示信令用于指示：每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，具体包括：所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有Q1*N3bit的信息域，其中，Q1为子带组的组数目，Q1和N3为大于或等于1的整数，所述Q1*N3bit的信息域中每一个N3bit的信息域分别对应一个子带组，其中，一个N3bit的信息域表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，所述指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有Q2*N4bit的信息域，其中，Q2为子带组的组数目，Q2和N4为大于或等于1的整数，所述Q2*N4bit的信息域中每一个N4bit的信息域分别对应一个子 带组，其中，一个N4bit的信息域表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令每M2个时隙slot发送一次，其中，M2为大于或等于1的整数，一个slot包含至少一个下行TTI，所述广播信令用于指示：每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，所述指示信令用于指示：每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，具体包括：所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有Q3bit的信息域，其中，Q3为子带组的组数目，Q3为大于或等于1的整数，所述Q3bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标志位，其中，一个标志位用于表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第一个时间单元或者第Z1个时间单元，Z1为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z1为大于或等于2的整数；或者，所述指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有Q4bit的信息域，其中，Q4为子带组的组数目，Q4为大于或等于1的整数，所述Q4bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标识位，其中，一个标志位用于表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第一个时间单元或者第Z2个时间单元，Z2为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z2为大于或等于2的整数；或者，所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令中携带有Q5bit的信息域，其中，Q5为子带组的组数目，所述Q5bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标识位，其中，一个标识位用于表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第一个时间单元或者第Z3个时间单元，Z3为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z3为大于或等于2的整数。
可选的，所述指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示所述用于传输下行数据的资源单元中，被其他终端对应的DCI占用的资源单元，并触发终端执行以下操作：基于所述指示信令，从用于传输下行数据的资源单元内除所述被其他终端对应的DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，终端默认所述下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为所述L个下行TTI内的第一个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，所述指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI携带有调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示终端在L个下行TTI内的下行控制区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示终端在下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，并触发终端执行以下操作：基于所述DCI携带的调度信息，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，所述下行控制区域在时域上占据X个时间单元，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，终端默认所述下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为所述L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元。
可选的，所述调度信息为指定带宽或者每一个子带组上的调度信息，其中，每一个子 带组至少包括一个子带。
可选的，所述指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI为每一个子带组携带1bit的信息域，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带；针对传输所述DCI的每一个特定子带组，与所述每一个特定子带组分别对应的一个1bit的信息域用于指示：在相应的特定子带组中在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内，从除传输所述DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定所述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为所述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数；针对未传输所述DCI的每一个非特定子带组，与所述每一个非特定子带组分别对应的每一个1bit的信息域用于指示：在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内的第一个时间单元，确定为所述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为所述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
可选的，所述资源单元为物理资源块PRB、PRB组、控制信道元素CCE或者CCE组中的任意一种。
第二方面，提供一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的方法，应用于第五代移动通信技术5G系统，包括：终端接收基站发送的指示信令；终端基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，L为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，终端基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：终端基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元，其中，所述指定带宽为基站使用的部分或全部工作带宽，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个正交频分复用OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有N1bit的信息域，其中，N1为大于或等于1的整数，所述N1bit的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，所述指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有N2bit的信息域，其中，N2为大于或等于1的整数，所述N2bit的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令每M1个时隙slot发送一次，其中，M1为大于或等于1的整数，一个slot包含至少一个下行TTI，所述广播信令用于指示在所述M1个slot中的所有L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内所有L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元。
可选的，终端基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：终端基于所述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，终端基于所述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，具体包括：终端基于所述指示信令携带的Q1*N3bit的信息域中每一个N3bit的信息域，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第X个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有Q1*N3bit的信息域，Q1为子带组的组数目，Q1和N3为大于或等于1的整数，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，终端基于所述指示信令携带的Q2*N4bit的信息域中每一个N4bit的信息域，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有Q2*N4bit的信息域，Q2为子带组的组数目，Q2和N4为大于或等于1的整数，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，终端基于所述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令每M2个时隙slot发送一次，其中，M2为大于或等于1的整数，一个slot包含至少一个下行TTI，X为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，终端基于所述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，具体包括：终端基于所述指示信令携带的Q3bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z1个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有Q3bit的信息域，Q3为子带组的组数目，Q3为大于或等于1的整数，Z1为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z1为大于或等于2的整数；或者，终端基于所述指示信令携带的Q4bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z2个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有Q4bit的信息域，Q4为子带组的组数目，Q4为大于或等于1的整数，Z2为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z2为大于或等于2的整数；或者，终端基于所述指示信令携带的Q5bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z3个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令中携带有Q5bit的信息域，Q5为子带组的组数目，Z3为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z3为大于或等于2的整数。
可选的额，终端基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：终端基于所述指示信令，在用于传输下行数据的资源单元内，从除被其他终端对应的DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源中，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，终端默认下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为所述L个下行TTI内的第一个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示所述用于传输下行数据的资源单元中，被其他终端对应的DCI占用的资源单元。
可选的，终端基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：终端基于所述指示信令携带的调度信息，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，终端默认下行控制区域在时域上占据X个时间单元，X为大于或 等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，以及终端默认下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为所述L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI携带有调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示终端在L个下行TTI内的下行控制区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示终端在下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元。
可选的，所述调度信息为指定带宽或者每一个子带组上的调度信息，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带。
可选的，终端基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：所述指示信令为DCI，终端从所述DCI中获取为每一个子带组携带1bit的信息域，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带；终端针对传输所述DCI的每一个特定子带组，分别基于与所述每一个特定子带组对应的一个1bit的信息域执行以下操作：在相应的特定子带组中在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内，从除传输所述DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定所述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为所述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数；终端针对未传输所述DCI的每一个非特定子带组，分别基于与所述每一个非特定子带组对应的一个1bit的信息域执行以下操作：在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内的第一个时间单元，确定为所述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为所述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
可选的，所述资源单元为物理资源块PRB、PRB组、控制信道元素CCE或者CCE组中的任意一种。
第三方面，提供一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的方法，应用于第五代移动通信技术5G系统，包括：终端接收DCI，并基于所述DCI确定所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元；终端基于所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，L为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，终端基于所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：终端基于所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定特定子带组和非特定子带组，其中，所述特定子带组为传输所述DCI的子带组，所述非特定子带组为未传输所述DCI的子带组，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，终端默认每一个子带组中的下行控制区域，在时域上都占据X个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个正交频分复用OFDM符号，X为预设的数值，X和Y为大于或等于1的整数；终端针对每一个特定子带组，分别执行以下操作：在一个特定子带组中的下行控制区域内，从除所述资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定在所述一个特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置；终端针对每一个非特定子带组，分别执行以下操作：在一个非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内的第一个OFDM符号，确定为所述一个非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置；或者，在一个非特定子带组中， 将L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元，确定为所述一个非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
第四方面，提供一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的装置，应用于第五代移动通信技术5G系统，包括：生成单元，用于生成指示信令，其中，所述生成单元生成的指示信令用于指示L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，L为大于或等于1的整数；发送单元，用于将所述生成单元生成的指示信令发送给终端。
可选的，所述生成单元生成的指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：所述生成单元生成的指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元，其中，所述指定带宽为基站使用的部分或全部工作带宽，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个正交频分复用OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，所述生成单元生成的指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有N1bit的信息域，其中，N1为大于或等于1的整数，所述N1bit的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，所述生成单元生成的指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有N2bit的信息域，其中，N2为大于或等于1的整数，所述N2bit的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，所述生成单元生成的指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令每M1个时隙slot发送一次，其中，M1为大于或等于1的整数，一个slot包含至少一个下行TTI，所述广播信令用于指示在所述M1个slot中的所有L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内所有L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元。
可选的，所述生成单元生成的指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：所述生成单元生成的指示信令用于指示：每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，所述生成单元生成的指示信令用于指示：每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，具体包括：所述生成单元生成的指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有Q1*N3bit的信息域，其中，Q1为子带组的组数目，Q1和N3为大于或等于1的整数，所述Q1*N3bit的信息域中每一个N3bit的信息域分别对应一个子带组，其中，一个N3bit的信息域表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，所述生成单元生成的指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有Q2*N4bit的信息域，其中，Q2为子带组的组数目，Q2和N4为大于或等于1的整数，所述Q2*N4bit的信息域中每一个N4bit的信息域分别对应一个子带组，其中，一个N4bit的信息域表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，所述生成单元生成的指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令每M2个时隙slot发送一次，其中，M2为大于或等于1的整数，一个slot包含至少一个下行TTI，所述广播信令用于指示：每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，所述生成单元生成的指示信令用于指示：每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的 下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，具体包括：所述生成单元生成的指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有Q3bit的信息域，其中，Q3为子带组的组数目，Q3为大于或等于1的整数，所述Q3bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标志位，其中，一个标志位用于表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第一个时间单元或者第Z1个时间单元，Z1为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z1为大于或等于2的整数；或者，所述生成单元生成的指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有Q4bit的信息域，其中，Q4为子带组的组数目，Q4为大于或等于1的整数，所述Q4bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标识位，其中，一个标志位用于表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第一个时间单元或者第Z2个时间单元，Z2为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z2为大于或等于2的整数；或者，所述生成单元生成的指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令中携带有Q5bit的信息域，其中，Q5为子带组的组数目，所述Q5bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标识位，其中，一个标识位用于表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第一个时间单元或者第Z3个时间单元，Z3为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z3为大于或等于2的整数。
可选的，所述生成单元生成的指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：所述生成单元生成的指示信令为DCI，所述DCI用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示所述用于传输下行数据的资源单元中，被其他终端对应的DCI占用的资源单元，并触发终端执行以下操作：基于所述生成单元生成的指示信令，从用于传输下行数据的资源单元内除所述被其他终端对应的DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，终端默认所述下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为所述L个下行TTI内的第一个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，所述生成单元生成的指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：所述生成单元生成的指示信令为DCI，所述DCI携带有调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示终端在L个下行TTI内的下行控制区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元以及指示终端在下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，并触发终端执行以下操作：基于所述DCI携带的调度信息，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，所述下行控制区域在时域上占据X个时间单元，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，终端默认所述下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为所述L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元。
可选的，所述调度信息为指定带宽或者每一个子带组上的调度信息，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带。
可选的，所述生成单元生成的指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：所述生成单元生成的指示信令为DCI，所述DCI为每一个子带组携带1bit的信息域，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带；针对传输所述DCI的每一个特定子带组，与所述每一个特定子带组分别对应的一个1bit的信息域用于指示：在相应的特定子带组中在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内，从除传输所述DCI占用的资源单 元之外的其他资源单元中，确定所述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为所述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数；
针对未传输所述DCI的每一个非特定子带组，与所述每一个非特定子带组分别对应的每一个1bit的信息域用于指示：在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内的第一个时间单元，确定为所述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为所述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
可选的，所述资源单元为物理资源块PRB、PRB组、控制信道元素CCE或者CCE组中的任意一种。
第五方面，提供一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的装置，应用于第五代移动通信技术5G系统，包括：第一接收单元，用于接收基站发送的指示信令；第一确定单元，用于基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，L为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，在基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，所述第一确定单元用于：基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元，其中，所述指定带宽为基站使用的部分或全部工作带宽，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个正交频分复用OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有N1bit的信息域，其中，N1为大于或等于1的整数，所述N1bit的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，所述指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有N2bit的信息域，其中，N2为大于或等于1的整数，所述N2bit的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令每M1个时隙slot发送一次，其中，M1为大于或等于1的整数，一个slot包含至少一个下行TTI，所述广播信令用于指示在所述M1个slot中的所有L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内所有L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元。
可选的，在基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，所述第一确定单元用于：基于所述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，在基于所述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元时，所述第一确定单元具体用于：
基于所述指示信令携带的Q1*N3bit的信息域中每一个N3bit的信息域，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第X个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有Q1*N3bit的信息域，Q1为子带组的组数 目，Q1和N3为大于或等于1的整数，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，基于所述指示信令携带的Q2*N4bit的信息域中每一个N4bit的信息域，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有Q2*N4bit的信息域，Q2为子带组的组数目，Q2和N4为大于或等于1的整数，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，基于所述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令每M2个时隙slot发送一次，其中，M2为大于或等于1的整数，一个slot包含至少一个下行TTI，X为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，在基于所述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元时，所述第一确定单元具体用于：基于所述指示信令携带的Q3bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z1个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有Q3bit的信息域，Q3为子带组的组数目，Q3为大于或等于1的整数，Z1为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z1为大于或等于2的整数；或者，基于所述指示信令携带的Q4bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z2个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有Q4bit的信息域，Q4为子带组的组数目，Q4为大于或等于1的整数，Z2为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z2为大于或等于2的整数；或者，基于所述指示信令携带的Q5bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z3个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令中携带有Q5bit的信息域，Q5为子带组的组数目，Z3为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z3为大于或等于2的整数。
可选的，在基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，所述第一确定单元用于：基于所述指示信令，在用于传输下行数据的资源单元内，从除被其他装置对应的DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源中，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，所述装置默认下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为所述L个下行TTI内的第一个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示所述用于传输下行数据的资源单元中，被其他装置对应的DCI占用的资源单元。
可选的，在基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，所述第一确定单元用于：基于所述指示信令携带的调度信息，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，所述装置默认下行控制区域在时域上占据X个时间单元，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，以及所述装置默认下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为所述L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI携带有调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述装置在L个下行TTI内的下行控制区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示所述装置在下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元。
可选的，所述调度信息为指定带宽或者每一个子带组上的调度信息，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带。
可选的，在基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，所述第一确定单元用于：所述指示信令为DCI，所述装置从所述DCI中获取为每一个子带组携带1bit的信息域，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带；针对传输所述DCI的每一个特定子带组，分别基于与所述每一个特定子带组对应的一个1bit的信息域执行以下操作：在相应的特定子带组中在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内，从除传输所述DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定所述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为所述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数；针对未传输所述DCI的每一个非特定子带组，分别基于与所述每一个非特定子带组对应的一个1bit的信息域执行以下操作：在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内的第一个时间单元，确定为所述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为所述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
可选的，所述资源单元为物理资源块PRB、PRB组、控制信道元素CCE或者CCE组中的任意一种。
第六方面，提供一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的装置，应用于第五代移动通信技术5G系统，包括：第二接收单元，用于接收DCI，并基于所述DCI确定所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元；第二确定单元，用于基于所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，L为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，在基于所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，所述第二确定单元用于：基于所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定特定子带组和非特定子带组，其中，所述特定子带组为传输所述DCI的子带组，所述非特定子带组为未传输所述DCI的子带组，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，所述装置默认每一个子带组中的下行控制区域，在时域上都占据X个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个正交频分复用OFDM符号，X为预设的数值，X和Y为大于或等于1的整数；针对每一个特定子带组，所述第二确定单元用于：
在一个特定子带组中的下行控制区域内，从除所述资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定在所述一个特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置；
针对每一个非特定子带组，所述第二确定单元用于：
在一个非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内的第一个OFDM符号，确定为所述一个非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置；或者，在一个非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元，确定为所述一个非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
第七方面，提供一种基站，该基站包括：处理器、收发机和存储器；所述收发机，用 于在所述处理器的控制下接收和发送数据，所述处理器，用于读取所述存储器中的程序，执行上述第一方面中任一项所述的方法。
第八方面，提供一种终端，该终端包括：处理器、收发机和存储器；所述收发机，用于在所述处理器的控制下接收和发送数据，所述处理器，用于读取所述存储器中的程序，执行上述第二方面中任一项所述的方法。
第九方面，提供一种终端，该终端包括：处理器、收发机和存储器；所述收发机，用于在所述处理器的控制下接收和发送数据，所述处理器，用于读取所述存储器中的程序，执行上述第三方面中任一项所述的方法。
第十方面，提供一种计算机存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机可执行指令，所述计算机可执行指令用于使所述计算机执行上述第一方面中任一项所述的方法。
第十一方面，提供一种计算机存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机可执行指令，所述计算机可执行指令用于使所述计算机执行上述第二方面中任一项所述的方法。
第十二方面，提供一种计算机存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机可执行指令，所述计算机可执行指令用于使所述计算机执行上述第三方面中任一项所述的方法。
综上所述，本发明实施例中，在确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置的过程中，基站将生成指示信令发送给终端，终端在接收到上述指示信令后，基于上述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。采用上述方法，当下行控制信道只出现在频域上的部分位置或者不出现时，且在时域上不需要占满整个下行控制区域或者在时域上所占资源单元可变时，基站都可以向终端准确地通知下行数据信道的时域起始位置，令终端可以准确地接收下行数据，从而提高了终端接收下行数据的效率和可靠性，进而提升了频谱效率，同时也提升了用户体验。
附图说明
图1为本发明实施例中第一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的流程示意图；
图2为本发明实施例中第二种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的流程示意图；
图3a-图3c为本发明实施例中第一实施场景下确定下行数据信道的起始位置示意图；
图4a-图4c为本发明实施例中第二实施场景下确定下行数据信道的起始位置示意图；
图5a-图5b为本发明实施例中第三实施场景下确定下行数据信道的起始位置示意图；
图6a-图6b为本发明实施例中第四实施场景下确定下行数据信道的起始位置示意图；
图7a-图7c为本发明实施例中第五实施场景下确定下行数据信道的起始位置示意图；
图8为本发明实施例中第六实施场景下确定下行数据信道的起始位置示意图；
图9为本发明实施例中第七实施场景下确定下行数据信道的起始位置示意图；
图10a-图10b为本发明实施例中第八实施场景下确定下行数据信道的起始位置示意图；
图11a-图11b为本发明实施例中第九实施场景下确定下行数据信道的起始位置示意图；
图12为本发明实施例中基站功能结构示意图；
图13为本发明实施例中终端的第一种功能结构示意图；
图14为本发明实施例中终端的第二种功能结构示意图；
图15为本发明另外的实施例中基站的结构示意图；
图16为本发明另外的实施例中终端的结构示意图；
图17为本发明另外的实施例中终端的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图，对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述，显然，所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施例，并不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本发明保护的范围。
下面将通过具体实施例对本发明的方案进行详细描述，当然，本发明并不限于以下实施例。
参阅图1所示，本发明实施例中，一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的方法的详细流程如下：
步骤101：基站生成指示信令，其中，上述指示信令用于指示L个下行传输时间间隔(Transmission Time Interval，TTI)内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，L为大于或等于1的整数。
基站在确定有下行数据需要通过基站使用的工作带宽发送给终端时，生成相应的指示信令，该指示信令可以用于指示L个下行TTI内下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
实际应用中，上述指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置的情况，包括但不仅限于以下五种情况：
第一种情况为：上述指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元，其中，上述指定带宽为基站使用的部分带宽或全部工作带宽，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
实际应用中，上述指示信令可以为下行控制信令(Downlink Control Information，DCI)、无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，RRC)信令或者广播信令中的任意一种。
具体的，若上述指示信令为DCI，该DCI中携带有NI个比特长度(N1bit)的信息域，其中，N1为大于或等于1的整数，上述N1bit的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，该时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元。
例如，假设基站向“终端1”发送的指示信令为“DCI 1”，那么，该“DCI 1”中携带有2bit的信息域，该2bit的信息域用于指示“终端1”在L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第4个时间单元。
若上述指示信令为RRC信令，那么，该RRC信令中携带有N2bit的信息域，其中，N2为大于或等于1的整数，上述N2bit的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，该时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元。
例如，假设基站向“终端2”发送的指示信令为“RRC信令2”，该“RRC信令2”中携带有1bit的信息域，那么该1bit的信息域用于指示“终端2”在L个下行TTI内的下 行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第2个时间单元。
若上述指示信令为广播信令，该广播信令每M1个时隙(slot)发送一次，其中，M1为大于或等于1的整数，一个slot包含至少一个下行TTI，上述广播信令用于指示在上述M1个slot中的所有L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，该时域起始位置为：指定带宽内所有L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元。
例如，假设基站向“终端3”发送的指示信令为“广播信令3”，该“广播信令3”中携带有1bit的信息域，那么该1bit的信息域用于指示“终端3”在L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第1个时间单元。
第二种情况为：上述指示信令用于指示在每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的指定的时间单元，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
实际应用中，上述指示信令可以为DCI、RRC信令或者广播信令中的任意一种。
进一步的，上述指示信令用于指示在每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道为指定的时间单元的方式包括但不仅限于以下两种方式：
第一种方式为：上述指示信令用于指示在每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元。
具体的，若上述指示信令为DCI，该DCI中携带有Q1*N3个比特长度(Q1*N3bit)的信息域，其中，Q1为子带组的组数目，Q1和N3为大于或等于1的整数，上述Q1*N3bit的信息域中每一个N3bit的信息域分别对应一个子带组，其中，一个N3bit的信息域表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，该时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数。
例如，假设基站向“终端1”发送的指示信令为“DCI”，且指定带宽被划分为3个“子带组”，该“DCI”为每一个子带组分别携带有2bit的信息域，即该“DCI”中携带有3*2bit的信息域。那么，与“子带组1”对应的2bit的信息域用于指示在“子带组1”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第3个时间单元；与“子带组2”对应的2bit的信息域用于指示在“子带组2”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第2个时间单元；与“子带组3”对应的2bit的信息域用于指示在“子带组3”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第4个时间单元。
若上述指示信令为RRC信令，上述RRC信令中携带有Q2*N4bit的信息域，其中，Q2为子带组的组数目，Q2和N4为大于或等于1的整数，上述Q2*N4bit的信息域中每一个N4bit的信息域分别对应一个子带组，其中，一个N4bit的信息域表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，该起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数。
例如，假设基站向“终端2”发送的指示信令为“RRC信令”，且指定带宽被划分为2个“子带组”，该“RRC信令”为每一个子带组分别携带有3bit的信息域，即该“RRC信令”中携带有2*3bit的信息域。那么，与“子带组1”对应的3bit的信息域用于指示在“子带组1”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第5个时间单元；与“子带组2”对应的3bit的信息域用于指示在“子带组2”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第4个时间单元。
若上述指示信令为广播信令，上述广播信令每M2个时隙(slot)发送一次，其中， M2为大于或等于1的整数，一个slot包含至少一个下行TTI，上述广播信令用于指示：每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，该时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数。
例如，假设基站向“终端3”发送的指示信令为“广播信令”，该“广播信令”每隔5个slot发送一次，5个slot包含L个下行TTI，那么，该“广播信令”用于指示“子带组1”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第1个时间单元；“子带组2”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第3个时间单元。
第二种方式为：上述指示信令用于指示在每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间或者为第Z个时间单元。
具体的，若上述指示信令为DCI，上述DCI中携带有Q3bit的信息域，其中，Q3为子带组的组数目，Q3为大于或等于1的整数，上述Q3bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标志位，其中，一个标志位用于表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，该时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者第Z1个时间单元，Z1为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z1为大于或等于2的整数。
例如，假设基站向“终端1”发送的指示信令为“DCI”，该“DCI”为每一个子带组分别携带有1bit的信息域。那么，若“子带组1”的1bit的信息域对应的标志位为1，该标志位则用于表示在“子带组1”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第3个时间单元；若“子带组1”的1bit的信息域对应的标志位为0，该标志位则用于指示在“子带组1”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第1个时间单元，其中，3为预设的数值。
若上述指示信令为RRC信令，上述RRC信令中携带有Q4bit的信息域，其中，Q4为子带组的组数目，Q4为大于或等于1的整数，上述Q4bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标识位，其中，一个标志位用于指示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，该时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者第Z2个时间单元，Z2为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z2为大于或等于2的整数。
例如，假设基站向“终端2”发送的指示信令为“RRC信令”，该“RRC信令”为每一个子带组分别携带有1bit的信息域。那么，若“子带组2”的1bit的信息域对应的标志位为1，该标志位则用于表示在“子带组1”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第3个时间单元；若子带组2”的1bit的信息域对应的标志位为0，该标志位则用于表示在“子带组1”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第1个时间单元，其中，3为RRC信令通知的数值。
若上述指示信令为广播信令，上述广播信令中携带有Q5bit的信息域，其中，Q5为子带组的组数目，上述Q5bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标识位，其中，一个标识位用于指示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，该时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者第Z3个时间单元，Z3为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z3为大于或等于2的整数。
例如，假设基站向“终端3”发送的指示信令为“广播信令”，该“广播信令”为每一个子带组分别携带有1bit的信息域。那么，若“子带组3”的1bit的信息域对应的标志位 为1时，该标志位则用于表示在“子带组3”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第3个时间单元；若“子带组3”的1bit的信息域对应的标志位为0时，该标志位则用于表示在“子带组3”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第1个时间单元，其中，3为广播信令通知的数值。
第三种情况为：上述指示信令用于指示终端从上述用于传输下行数据的资源单元内除上述用于传输下行数据的资源单元中被其他终端对应的DCI占用的部分资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
具体的，基站向终端发送上述指示信令，上述指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示上述用于传输下行数据的资源单元中，被其他终端对应的DCI占用的资源单元，并触发终端基于上述指示信令，从上述用于传输下行数据的资源单元内除上述被其他终端对应的DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，终端默认上述下行数据区域的时域起始位置为上述L个下行TTI内的第一个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
例如，假设基站向“终端1”发送的指示信令为”DCI 1”，该”DCI 1”用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元为“资源单元1”、“资源单元2”和“资源单元3”，以及指示“终端2”对应的”DCI 2”占用“资源单元2”，那么，该”DCI 1”触发“终端1”从“资源单元1”和“资源单元3”中，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
第四种情况为：上述指示信令用于指示终端基于上述指示信令携带的调度信息，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
具体的，上述指示信令为DCI，上述DCI携带有调度信息，上述调度信息用于指示终端在L个下行TTI内的下行控制区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示终端在下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，并触发终端基于上述DCI携带的调度信息，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，终端默认上述下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为上述L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元，上述下行控制区域在时域上占据X个时间单元，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
例如，假设基站向“终端1”发送的指示信令为”DCI 1”，该”DCI 1”中携带有“调度信息1”，该“调度信息1”用于指示“终端1”在L个下行TTI内的下行控制区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元为“资源单元1”，在L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元为“资源单元2”，并触发“终端1”基于上述“调度信息1”从“资源单元1”和/或“资源单元2”中确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
进一步的，上述调度信息为指定带宽或者每一个子带组上的调度信息，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，即上述DCI携带的调度信息可以是针对指定带宽的一个调度信息，也可以是针对每一个子带组相对应的若干个调度信息。
第五种情况为：上述指示信息用于指示在任意一个传输下行数据的子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
具体的，上述指示信令为DCI，该DCI为每一个子带组携带1bit的信息域，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带。
实际应用中，针对传输上述DCI的每一个特定子带组，与上述每一个特定子带组分别对应的一个1bit的信息域用于指示：在相应的特定子带组中在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内，从除传输上述DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定上述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为上述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
例如，假设基站向“终端”发送的指示信令为“DCI”，且“子带组1”为传输上述“DCI”的特定子带组，那么。与“子带组1”对应的1bit的取值为1时，在“子带组1”中在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内，从除传输上述DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定“子带组1”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
又例如，假设基站向“终端”发送的指示信令为“DCI”，且“子带组1”为传输上述“DCI”的特定子带组，那么。与“子带组1”对应的1bit的取值为0时，在“子带组1”中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据3个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为“子带组1”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
进一步的，针对未传输上述DCI的每一个非特定子带组，与上述每一个非特定子带组分别对应的每一个1bit的信息域用于指示：在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内的第一个时间单元，确定为上述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为上述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
例如，假设基站向“终端”发送的指示信令为“DCI”，且“子带组2”为未传输上述“DCI”的非特定子带组，那么，与“子带组2”对应的1bit的取值为1时，在“子带组2”中在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内，确定“子带组2”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
又例如，假设基站向“终端”发送的指示信令为“DCI”，且“子带组2”为未传输上述“DCI”的非特定子带组，那么，与“子带组2”对应的1bit的取值为0时，在“子带组2”中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据3个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为“子带组2”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
当然，上述资源单元可以为物理资源块(Physical Resource Block，PRB)、PRB组、控制信道元素(Control Channel Element，CCE)或者CCE组中的任意一种。
步骤102：基站将上述指示信令发送给终端。
具体的，基站在生成指示信令后，将该指示信令通过工作带宽内的时频资源发送给终端。
例如，基站将DCI发送给终端1；又例如，终端将RRC信令发送给终端2；又例如，基站将广播信令发送给终端3。
步骤103：终端接收基站发送的指示信令。
具体的，终端接收基站通过工作带宽内的时频资源发送的指示信令。
例如，终端1接收基站发送的DCI；又例如，终端2接收基站发送的RRC信令；又例如，终端3接收基站发送的广播信令。
步骤104：终端基于上述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，L为大于或等于1的整数。
终端在接收到基站发送的指示信令后，基于该指示信令携带的指示信息，确定L个下行TTI内下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
实际应用中，终端基于上述指示信令确定L个下行TTI内下行数据信道的时域起始位置的情况，包括但不仅限于以下五种情况：
第一种情况为：终端基于上述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元，其中，上述指定带宽为基站使用的部分或全部工作带宽，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
实际应用中，上述指示信令可以为DCI、RRC信令或者广播信令中的任意一种。
具体的，若上述指示信令为DCI，那么，上述DCI中携带有N1bit的信息域，其中，N1为大于或等于1的整数，上述N1bit的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元。
例如，假设“终端1”接收到的指示信令为“DCI 1”，该“DCI 1”中携带有2bit的信息域，那么，“终端1”基于上述2bit的信息域，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第4个时间单元。
若上述指示信令为RRC信令，那么，该RRC信令中携带有N2bit的信息域，其中，N2为大于或等于1的整数，上述N2bit的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元。
例如，假设“终端2”接收到的指示信令为“RRC信令2”，“RRC信令2”中携带有1bit的信息域，那么，“终端2”基于上述1bit的信息域，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第2个时间单元。
若上述指示信令为广播信令，那么，该广播信令每M1个时隙(slot)发送一次，其中，M1为大于或等于1的整数，一个slot包含至少一个下行TTI，上述广播信令用于指示在上述M1个slot中的所有L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内所有L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元。
例如，假设“终端3”接收到的指示信令为“广播信令3”，“广播信令3”中携带有1bit的信息域，那么，“终端3”基于上述1bit的信息域，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第1个时间单元。
第二种情况为：终端基于上述指示信令，确定在每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
实际应用中，上述指示信令可以为DCI、RRC信令或者广播信令中的任意一种。
进一步的，终端基于上述指示信令，确定在每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道为指定的时间单元的方式包括但不仅限于以下两种方式：
第一种方式为：终端基于上述指示信，确定在每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间。
具体的，终端基于上述指示信令携带的Q1*N3bit的信息域中每一个N3bit的信息域，分别确定在对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第X个时间单元，其中，上述指示信令为DCI，上述DCI中携带有Q1*N3bit的信息域，Q1为子带组的组数目，Q1和N3为大于或等于1的整数，X为大于或等于1的整数。
例如，假设“终端1”接收到的指示信令为“DCI”，且指定带宽被划分为3个“子带组”，该“DCI”为每一个子带组分别携带有2bit的信息域，即该“DCI”中携带有3*2bit的信息域。那么，“终端1”基于与“子带组1”对应的2bit的信息域，确定在“子带组1”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第3个时间单元；“终端1”基于与“子带组2”对应的2bit的信息域，确定在“子带组2”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第2个时间单元；“终端1”基于与“子带组3”对应的2bit的信息域，确定在“子带组3”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第4个时间单元。
终端基于上述指示信令携带的Q2*N4bit的信息域中每一个N4bit的信息域，分别确定在对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，上述指示信令为RRC信令，上述RRC信令中携带有Q2*N4bit的信息域，Q2为子带组的组数目，Q2和N4为大于或等于1的整数，X为大于或等于1的整数
例如，假设“终端2”接收到的指示信令为“RRC信令”，且指定带宽被划分为2个“子带组”，该“RRC信令”为每一个子带组分别携带有3bit的信息域，即该“RRC信令”中携带有2*3bit的信息域。那么，“终端2”基于与“子带组1”对应的3bit的信息域，确定在“子带组1”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第5个时间单元；“终端2”基于与“子带组2”对应的3bit的信息域，确定在“子带组2”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第4个时间单元。
终端基于上述指示信令，确定在每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，上述指示信令为广播信令，上述广播信令每M2个时隙slot发送一次，其中，M2为大于或等于1的整数，一个slot包含至少一个下行TTI，X为大于或等于1的整数。
例如，假设“终端3”接收到的指示信令为“广播信令”，该“广播信令”每隔5个slot发送一次，5个slot包含L个下行TTI，那么，“终端3”基于该“广播信令”，确定“子带组1”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第1个时间单元；“终端3”基于该“广播信令”，确定“子带组2”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第3个时间单元。
第二种方式为：终端基于上述指示信令，确定在每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间或者为第Z个时间单元。
具体的，终端基于上述指示信令携带的Q3bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定在对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z1个时间单元，其中，上述指示信令为DCI，上述DCI中携带有Q3bit的信息域，Q3为子带组的组数目，Q3为大于或等于1的整数，Z1为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z1为大于或等于2的整数。
例如，假设“终端1”接收到的指示信令为“DCI”，该“DCI”为每一个子带组分别携带有1bit的信息域。那么，若“子带组1”的1bit的信息域对应的标志位为1时，“终端1”则基于该标志位，确定在“子带组1”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起 始位置为第3个时间单元；若“子带组1”的1bit的信息域对应的标志位为0时，“终端1”则基于该标志位，确定在“子带组1”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第1个时间单元，其中，3为预设的数值。
终端基于上述指示信令携带的Q4bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定在对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z2个时间单元，其中，上述指示信令为RRC信令，上述RRC信令中携带有Q4bit的信息域，Q4为子带组的组数目，Q4为大于或等于1的整数，Z2为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z2为大于或等于2的整数。
例如，假设“终端2”接收到的指示信令为“RRC信令”，该“RRC信令”为每一个子带组分别携带有1bit的信息域。那么，若“子带组2”的1bit的信息域对应的标志位为1，“终端2”则基于该标志位，确定在“子带组1”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第3个时间单元；若子带组2”的1bit的信息域对应的标志位为0，“终端2”则基于该标志位，确定在“子带组1”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第1个时间单元，其中，3为RRC信令通知的数值。
终端基于上述指示信令携带的Q5bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定在对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z3个时间单元，其中，上述指示信令为广播信令，上述广播信令中携带有Q5bit的信息域，Q5为子带组的组数目，Z3为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z3为大于或等于2的整数。
例如，假设“终端3”接收到的指示信令为“广播信令”，该“广播信令”为每一个子带组分别携带有1bit的信息域。那么，若“子带组3”的1bit的信息域对应的标志位为1，“终端3”则基于该标志位，确定在“子带组3”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第3个时间单元；若“子带组3”的1bit的信息域对应的标志位为0，“终端3”则基于该标志位，确定在“子带组3”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第1个时间单元，其中，3为广播信令通知的数值。
第三种情况为：终端基于上述指示信令，从上述用于传输下行数据的资源单元内除上述用于传输下行数据的资源单元中被其他终端对应的DCI占用的部分资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
具体的，终端基于上述指示信令，从用于传输下行数据的资源单元内除上述部分资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，终端默认上述下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为上述L个下行TTI内的第一个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，上述指示信令为DCI，上述DCI用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示上述用于传输下行数据的资源单元中，被其他终端对应的DCI占用的部分资源单元。
例如，假设“终端1”接收到的指示信令为”DCI 1”，该”DCI 1”用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元为“资源单元1”、“资源单元2”和“资源单元3”，以及指示“终端2”对应的”DCI 2”占用“资源单元2”，那么，“终端1”基于上述”DCI 1”从“资源单元1”和“资源单元3”中，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
第四种情况为：终端基于上述指示信令携带的调度信息，确定L个下行TTI内的下行 数据信道的时域起始位置。
具体的，终端基于上述指示信令携带的调度信息，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，终端默认上述下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为上述L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元，上述指示信令为DCI，上述DCI携带有调度信息，上述调度信息用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行控制区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示在数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，上述下行控制区域在时域上占据X个时间单元，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
例如，假设“终端1”接收到的指示信令为”DCI 1”，该”DCI 1”中携带有“调度信息1”，该“调度信息1”用于指示“终端1”在L个下行TTI内的下行控制区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元为“资源单元1”，在L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元为“资源单元2”，那么，“终端1”基于上述“调度信息1”从“资源单元1”和/或“资源单元2”中确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
第五种情况为：终端基于上述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
实际应用中，终端需要先从上述指示信令中获取为每一个子带组携带的1bit的信息域，其中，上述指示信令为DCI，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带。
例如，假设“终端1”从接收到的”DCI 1”中获取为“子带组1”，子带组2”和子带组3”携带的1bit的信息域。
接着，终端针对传输上述DCI的每一个特定子带组，分别基于与上述每一个特定子带组对应的一个1bit的信息域执行以下操作：在相应的特定子带组中在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内，从除传输上述DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定上述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为上述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
例如，假设“子带组1”为传输上述”DCI 1”的特定子带组，且与“子带组1”对应的1bit的取值为1，那么，“终端1”在“子带组1”中在时域上占据3个时间单元的下行控制区域内，从除传输该”DCI 1”占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定“子带组1”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
又例如，假设“子带组2”为1传输上述”DCI 1”的特定子带组，且与“子带组2”对应的1bit的取值为0，那么，“终端1”在“子带组2”中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为上述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
进一步的，终端针对未传输上述DCI的每一个非特定子带组，分别基于与上述每一个非特定子带组对应的一个1bit的信息域执行以下操作：在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内的第一个时间单元，确定为上述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之 后的第一个资源单元，确定为上述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
例如，假设“子带组3”为未传输上述”DCI 1”的非特定子带组，且与“子带组3”对应的1bit的取值为1，那么，“终端1”在“子带组3”中在时域上占据5个时间单元的下行控制区域内的第1个时间单元，确定“子带组3”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
又例如，假设“子带组4”为未传输上述”DCI 1”的非特定子带组，且与“子带组4”对应的1bit的取值为0，那么，“终端1”在“子带组4”中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为“子带组4”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
以上确定下行数据信道的时域起始位置的方法，是基站通过向终端发送指示信令来通知终端从具体的区域开始接收下行数据，而下面确定下行数据信道的时域起始位置的方法，是终端通过盲检，接收DCI，并根据接收到的DCI确定下行数据信道的时域起始位置的方法。
参阅图2所示，本发明实施例中，一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的方法的详细流程如下：
步骤201：终端接收DCI，并基于上述DCI确定上述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元。
步骤202：终端基于上述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，L为大于或等于1的整数。
具体的，终端基于上述DCI在下行控制区域中占的资源单元，确定特定子带组和非特定子带组，其中该特定子带组为传输上述DCI的子带组，该非特定子带组为未传输上述DCI的子带组，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，终端默认每一个子带组中的下行控制区域，在时域上都占据X个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，X为预设的数值，X和Y为大于或等于1的整数。
实际应用中，上述特定子带组包括至少一个子带组，上述非特定子带组包括至少一个子带组。
例如，假设终端接收到”DCI 1”后，首先，终端根据”DCI 1”确定在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，然后，再根据该“DCI”在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元确定“子带组1”和“子带组3”为传输该”DCI 1”的特定子带组，其他子带组为未传输该”DCI 1”的非特定子带组。
终端针对每一个特定子带组，分别确定在每一个特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置的方式为：在一个特定子带组中的下行控制区域内，从除上述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定在上述一个特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
例如，假设终端在接收到“DCI”后，确定“子带组1”为特定子带组，且“子带组1”中下行控制区域内的资源单元包括“资源单元1”和“资源单元2”，那么，终端确定该“DCI”在“子带组1”中占用的资源单元为“资源单元1”，终端在“子带组1”中的下行控制区域中，从“资源单元2”中，确定在“子带组1”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
终端针对每一个非特定子带组，分别确定在每一个非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置的方式包括但不限于以下两种方式：
第一种方式为：在一个非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内的第一个OFDM符号，确定为上述一个非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
例如，假设终端在接收到“DCI”后，确定“子带组2”为非特定子带组，那么，那么，终端将L个下行TTI内的第一个OFDM符号，确定为“子带组2”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
第二种方式为：在一个非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元，确定为上述一个非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
例如，假设终端在接收到“DCI”后，确定“子带组2”为非特定子带组，那么，那么，终端将L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元，确定为“子带组2”中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
基于上述各个实施例，下面结合具体的实施场景，对本发明上述实施例作进一步详细说明。
场景一：基站通知终端下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元，一个时间单元内包含Y个OFDM符号。
本发明实施例中，假设L＝1，并且时间单元采用OFDM符号衡量，即Y＝1，同时，假设一个slot包含一个下行TTI，而一个下行TTI中包含7个OFDM符号，其中，下行控制区域占2个OFDM符号。
那么，基站可以向终端发送下行的指示信令(以下简称指示信令)，该指示信令中携带有1bit的指示信息，进一步的，假设承载上述指示信令的频带内未承载有下行数据，即下行控制区域与下行数据区域在频域上未重叠。
而终端在接收到基站发送的指示信令后，基于该指示信令携带的1bit的指示信息，确定在上述一个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
例如，参阅图3a所示，下行控制区域在全带宽内，占用了一个下行TTI中的前2个OFDM符号，那么，基站可以通过这2个OFDM符号中的至少一个OFDM符号向终端发送指示信令，而该指示信令中携带的1bit指示信息取值为0时，表示基站向终端通知：在上述一个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第2个OFDM符号。
又例如，参阅图3b所示，下行控制区域在全带宽内，占用了一个下行TTI中的前2个OFDM符号，那么，基站可以通过这2个OFDM符号中的至少一个OFDM符号向终端发送指示信令，而该指示信令中携带的1bit指示信息取值为1时，表示基站向终端通知：在上述一个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第3个OFDM符号。
又例如，参阅图3c所示，假设一个slot可以进一步划分为2个微slot(Mini-slot)，即时隙1和时隙2，其中，时隙1占用了第1、2、3个OFDM符号，而时隙2占用了第4、5、6、7个OFDM符号，而下行控制区域在全带宽内，占用了一个下行TTI中的第1个OFDM符号和第4个OFDM符号，即时隙1和时隙2中各自的第1个OFDM符号。
那么，基站可以通过第1个OFDM符号和4个OFDM符号分别向终端发送指示信令，而通过第1个OFDM符号发送的指示信令中携带的1bit指示信息，表示基站向终端通知：在上述时隙1内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第1个OFDM符号；而通过第4个OFDM符号发送的指示信令中携带的1bit指示信息，表示基站向终端通知：在上述时隙2内的下 行数据信道的时域起始位置为第5个OFDM符号。
当然，上述指示信令可以为DCI、RRC信令或者广播信令中的任意一种。
场景二：基站通知下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号。
本发明实施例中，假设L＝1，并且时间单元采用OFDM符号衡量，即Y＝1，同时，假设一个slot包含一个下行TTI，而一个下行TTI中包含7个OFDM符号，其中，下行控制区域占2个OFDM符号。
那么，基站可以向终端发送指示信令，该指示信令中携带有1bit的指示信息，进一步的，假设承载上述指示信令的频带内承载有下行数据，即下行控制区域与下行数据区域在频域上重叠。
而终端在接收到基站发送的指示信令后，基于该指示信令携带的1bit的指示信息，确定在上述一个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
例如，参阅图4a所示，下行控制区域在全带宽内，占用了一个下行TTI中的前2个OFDM符号，那么，基站可以通过这2个OFDM符号中的至少一个OFDM符号向终端发送指示信令，而该指示信令中携带的1bit指示信息取值为0时，表示基站向终端通知：在上述一个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第2个OFDM符号。
又例如，参阅图4b所示，下行控制区域在全带宽内，占用了一个下行TTI中的前2个OFDM符号，那么，基站可以通过这2个OFDM符号中的至少一个OFDM符号向终端发送指示信令，而该指示信令中携带的1bit指示信息取值为1时，表示基站向终端通知：在上述一个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第3个OFDM符号。
又例如，参阅图4c所示，假设一个slot可以进一步划分为2个微slot(Mini-slot)，即时隙1和时隙2，其中，时隙1占用了第1、2、3个OFDM符号，而时隙2占用了第4、5、6、7个OFDM符号，而下行控制区域在全带宽内，占用了一个下行TTI中的第1个OFDM符号和第4个OFDM符号，即时隙1和时隙2中各自的第1个OFDM符号。
那么，基站可以通过第1个OFDM符号和4个OFDM符号分别向终端发送指示信令，而通过第1个OFDM符号发送的指示信令中携带的1bit指示信息，表示基站向终端通知：在上述时隙1内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第2个OFDM符号；而通过第4个OFDM符号发送的指示信令中携带的1bit指示信息，表示基站向终端通知：在上述时隙2内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第5个OFDM符号。
当然，上述指示信令可以为DCI、RRC信令或者广播信令中的任意一种。
场景三：基站通知在每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号。
本发明实施例中，假设一个slot包含L个下行TTI，而一个下行TTI中包含Y个OFDM符号，在全带宽内划分为Q个子带组，其中，L、Q和Y为大于或等于1的整数，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带。
那么，基站可以向终端发送指示信令，该指示信令中携带有Q*N bit的指示信息，其中，N为大于或等于1的整数，一个N bit的指示信息用于指示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为指定的时间单元。
而终端在接收到基站发送的指示信令后，基于所述指示信令确定下行数据仅在承载上述指示信令的子带组内传输时，确定上述L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置， 即N＝1。
例如，参阅图5a所示，下行控制区域在全带宽内，占用了M个OFDM，M为大于或等于1的整数，基站可以通过这M个OFDM符号向终端发送指示信令，而承载上述指示信令的频带内承载有下行数据，即下行控制区域与下行数据区域在频域上重叠，那么，上述指示信令携带的指示信息，用于表示：在承载上述指示信令的子带组(即子带组1)中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道时域起始位置，为第M+1个OFDM符号。
又例如，参阅图5b所示，下行控制区域在权带宽内，占用了M个OFDM符号，M为大于或等于1的整数，基站可以通过这M个OFDM符号向终端发送指示信令，而承载上述指示信令的频带内未承载有下行数据，即下行控制区域与下行数据区域在频域上重叠，那么，上述下行指示信令携带的指示信息，用于表示：在承载上述下行指示信令的子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道时域起始位置，为第1个OFDM符号。
场景四：基站通知在每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号。
本发明实施例中，假设一个slot包含L个下行TTI，而一个下行TTI中包含Y个OFDM符号，在全带宽内划分为Q个子带组，其中，L、Q和Y为大于或等于1的整数，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带。
那么，基站可以向终端发送指示信令，该指示信令中携带有Q*N bit的指示信息，其中，N为大于或等于1的整数，一个N bit的指示信息用于指示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为指定的时间单元。
而终端在接收到基站发送的指示信令后，基于所述指示信令确定下行数据仅在承载上述指示信令的子带组内传输时，确定上述L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
例如，参阅图6a所示，下行控制区域在全带宽内，占用了M个OFDM符号，M为大于或等于1的整数，基站可以通过这M个OFDM符号向终端发送指示信令，那么，上述指示信令携带的指示信息用于表示：在未承载上述指示信令，而承载有其他终端对应的指示信令的子带组(即子带组2)中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道时域起始位置，为第M+1个OFDM符号；在未承载上述指示信令，同时未承载其他终端对应的指示信令的子带组(即子带组3)中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第1个OFDM符号。
又例如，参阅图6b所示，下行控制区域在全带宽内，占用了M个OFDM符号，M为大于或等于1的整数，基站可以通过这M个OFDM符号向终端发送指示信令，那么，上述指示信令携带的指示信息用于表示：在未承载上述指示信令，而承载有其他终端对应的指示信令的子带组(即子带组2和子带组3)中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第M+1个OFDM符号。
当然，上述指示信令可以为DCI、RRC信令或者广播信令中的任意一种。
场景五：基站通知在每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y和OFDM符号，终端默认数据区域的起始位置为L个下行TTI内的第一个OFDM符号。
本发明实施例中，假设L个下行TTI包括M个OFDM符号，在全带宽内划分为Q个子带组，其中L、M和Q为大于或等于1的整数，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带。
那么，基站可以向终端发送指示信令，该指示信令中携带有Q bit的指示信令，一个1 bit的指示信息用于指示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第一个时间单元，或者，为第Z个时间单元，其中，Z为预先定义的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值。
而终端在接收到基站发送的指示信令后，基于所述指示信令携带的指示信息，分别确定在每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
例如，参阅图7a所示，在全带宽内划分为Q个子带组(如，子带组1，子带组2，子带组3，……，子带组Q)，下行控制区域在每一个子带组中，占用了Z个OFDM符号，Z为大于或等于1的整数，基站可以通过这Z个OFDM符号中的至少一个OFDM符号向终端发送指示信令，且子带组1和子带组2中承载有上述指示信令，子带组3中未承载有上述指示信令，那么，该指示信令中携带的与子带组2对应的1bit指示信息，表示对应的子带组2中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第Z个OFDM符号；该指示信令中携带的与子带组3对应的1bit指示信息，用于表示对应的子带组3中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第1个OFDM符号。
又例如，参阅图7b所示，在全带宽内划分为Q个子带组(如，子带组1，子带组2，子带组3，……，子带组Q)，下行控制区域在每一个子带组中，占用了Z个OFDM符号，Z为大于或等于1的整数，基站可以通过这Z个OFDM符号中的至少一个OFDM符号向终端发送指示信令，且子带组1，子带组2和子带组3中均承载有上述指示信令，那么，该指示信令中携带的与子带组1对应的1bit指示信息，表示对应的子带组1中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第Z个OFDM符号；该指示信令中携带的与子带组2对应的1bit指示信息，用于表示对应的子带组2中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第Z个OFDM符号；该指示信令中携带的与子带组3对应的1bit指示信息，用于表示对应的子带组3中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第Z个OFDM符号。
又例如，参阅图7c所示，在全带宽内划分为Q个子带组(如，子带组1，子带组2，子带组3，……，子带组Q)，下行控制区域在每一个子带组中，占用了Z个OFDM符号，Z为大于或等于1的整数，基站可以通过这Z个OFDM符号中的至少一个OFDM符号向终端发送指示信令，且子带组1中承载有上述指示信令，而子带组2和子带组3中均未承载有上述指示信令，那么，该指示信令中携带的与子带组1对应的1bit指示信息，表示对应的子带组1中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第Z个OFDM符号；该指示信令中携带的与子带组2对应的1bit指示信息，用于表示对应的子带组2中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第Z个OFDM符号；该指示信令中携带的与子带组3对应的1bit指示信息，用于表示对应的子带组3中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第Z个OFDM符号。
当然，上述指示信令可以为DCI、RRC信令或者广播信令中的任意一种。
场景六：基站通知每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为用于传输下行数据的资源单元内除被其他终端对应的DCI占用的部分资源单元之外的其他资源单元中指定的资源单元。
本发明实施例中，假设L个下行TTI包括M个OFDM符号，在全带宽内划分为Q个子带组，其中L、M和Q为大于或等于1的整数，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，下行控制区域在时域上占据X个时间单元，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个 OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，终端默认下行数据区域的时域起始位置为L个下行TTI内的第一个时间单元。
那么，基站可以向终端发送DCI，该DCI用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示上述用于传输下行数据的资源单元中，被其他终端对应的DCI占用的部分资源单元。
而终端在接收到基站发送的指示信令后，基于所述指示信令携带的指示信息，从用于传输下行数据的资源单元内除上述部分资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
例如，参阅图8所示，在全带宽内划分为Q个子带组(如，子带组1，子带组2，子带组3，……，子带组Q)，终端默认L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元，终端在下行数据区域中接收DCI，并基于该DCI确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域中，用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及确定其他终端对应的DCI占用的资源单元，并从上述用于传输下行数据的资源单元中除其他终端对应的DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
场景七：基站通知每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
本发明实施例中，假设L个下行TTI包括M个OFDM符号，在全带宽内划分为Q个子带组，其中L、M和Q为大于或等于1的整数，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，下行控制区域在时域上占据X个时间单元，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，终端默认所述下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元。
那么，基站可以向终端发送DCI，该DCI携带有调度信息，该调度信息用于指示被调度终端L个下行TTI内的下行控制区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示被调度终端在下行数据区域中用于传输数据的资源单元。
而被调度终端在接收到上述DCI后，基于所述DCI携带的调度信息，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
例如，参阅图9所示，在全带宽内划分为Q个子带组(如，子带组1，子带组2，子带组3，……，子带组Q)，终端默认L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域的时域起始位置为第X+1个时间单元，终端的下行数据信道可以在传输其下行控制信道的子带内传输，也可以在未传输其下行控制信道的子带内传输，终端在接收到基站发送的DCI后，基于该DCI携带的调度信息，确定在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域中的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元，确定在下行数据区域中的时域起始位置为第X+1个时间单元，当然，被调度终端在下行控制区域中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道不能占用传输上述DCI占用的下行控制信道。
场景八：基站通知在每一个特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置和/或每一个非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
本发明实施例中，假设L个下行TTI包括M个OFDM符号，在全带宽内划分为Q个子带组，其中L、M和Q为大于或等于1的整数，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，下行控制区域在时域上占据X个时间单元，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，终端默认所述下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元。
那么，基站可以向终端发送DCI，该DCI为每一个子带组携带1bit的指示信息。
针对传输上述DCI的每一个特定子带组，与每一个特定子带组分别对应的一个1bit的指示信息用于指示：在相应的特定子带组中在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在上述下行数据区域内L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
针对未传输上述DCI的每一个非特定子带组，与每一个非特定子带组分别对应的一个1bit的指示信息用于指示：在相应的非特定子带组中在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在上述下行数据区域内L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
例如，参阅图10a所示，子带组1为传输DCI的特定子带组，子带组1对应的1bit指示信息的取值为1，那么，在子带组1中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元，当然，用于传输下行数据的下行数据信道与传输上述DCI的下行控制信道不能重叠；子带组2为传输DCI的特定子带组，子带组2对应的1bit指示信息的取值为0，那么，在子带组2中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元；子带组3为未传输上述DCI的非特定子带组，子带组3对应的1bit指示信息的取值为1，那么，在子带组2中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第1个时间单元。
又例如，参阅图10b所示，子带组1为传输DCI的特定子带组，子带组1对应的1bit指示信息的取值为0，那么，在子带组1中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，当然，用于传输下行数据的下行数据信道与传输上述DCI的下行控制信道不能重叠；子带组2为传输上述DCI的特定子带组，子带组2对应的1bit指示信息的取值为0，那么，在子带组2中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元；子带组3为未传输上述DCI的非特定子带组，子带组3对应的1bit指示信息的取值为1，那么，在子带组2中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第1个时间单元。
场景九：终端基于接收到的DCI，确定所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，并基于所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，L为大于或等于1的整数。
本发明实施例中，假设L个下行TTI包括M个OFDM符号，在全带宽内划分为Q个子带组，其中L、M和Q为大于或等于1的整数，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，下行控制区域在时域上占据X个时间单元，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，终端默认所述下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元。
终端基于接收到的DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定传输该DCI的特定子带组和未传输该DCI的非特定子带组，并确定在每一个特定子带组和在每一个非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
例如，参阅图11a所示，子带组1为传输被调度终端对应的DCI的特定子带组，子带组2，……，子带组Q为未传输被调度终端对应的DCI的非特定子带组，其中，子带组2中承载有其他终端对应的DCI，那么，被调度终端确定其对应的DCI在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，将子带组1中的第一个时间单元作为L个下行 TTI内下行数据信道的时域起始位置；子带组2-子带组Q为未传输被调度终端对应的DCI的非特定子带组，那么，被调度终端将子带组2-子带组Q内的第一个时间单元作为L个下行TTI内下行数据信道的时域起始位置，当然，针对未传输被调度终端对应的CDI的非特定子带组，被调度终端也可以将第X+1个时间单元作为L个下行TTI内下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
又例如，参阅图11b所示，子带组1和子带组2为传输被调度终端对应的DCI的特定子带组，其他子带组为未传输被调度终端对应的DCI的非特定子带组，那么，针对子带组1，被调度终端将第1个时间单元作为L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，当然，下行数据信道与被调度终端对应的DCI占用的下行控制信道不能重叠；针对子带组2，被调度终端将第X+1个时间单元作为L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置；针对除子带组1和子带组2之外的其他非特定子带组，被调度终端将第X+1个时间单元作为L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
基于上述实施例，参阅图12所示，本发明实施例中，一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的装置(如，基站)，至少包括生成单元120和发送单元121，其中，
生成单元120，用于生成指示信令，其中，所述生成单元120生成的指示信令用于指示L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，L为大于或等于1的整数；
发送单元121，用于将所述生成单元120生成的指示信令发送给终端。
可选的，所述生成单元120生成的指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：
所述生成单元120生成的指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元，其中，所述指定带宽为基站使用的部分或全部工作带宽，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个正交频分复用OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，所述生成单元120生成的指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有N1bit的信息域，其中，N1为大于或等于1的整数，所述N1bit的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，
所述生成单元120生成的指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有N2bit的信息域，其中，N2为大于或等于1的整数，所述N2bit的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，
所述生成单元120生成的指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令每M1个时隙slot发送一次，其中，M1为大于或等于1的整数，一个slot包含至少一个下行TTI，所述广播信令用于指示在所述M1个slot中的所有L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内所有L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元。
可选的，所述生成单元120生成的指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：
所述生成单元120生成的指示信令用于指示：每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，所述生成单元120生成的指示信令用于指示：每一个子带组中L个下行TTI 内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，具体包括：
所述生成单元120生成的指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有Q1*N3bit的信息域，其中，Q1为子带组的组数目，Q1和N3为大于或等于1的整数，所述Q1*N3bit的信息域中每一个N3bit的信息域分别对应一个子带组，其中，一个N3bit的信息域表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，
所述生成单元120生成的指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有Q2*N4bit的信息域，其中，Q2为子带组的组数目，Q2和N4为大于或等于1的整数，所述Q2*N4bit的信息域中每一个N4bit的信息域分别对应一个子带组，其中，一个N4bit的信息域表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，
所述生成单元120生成的指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令每M2个时隙slot发送一次，其中，M2为大于或等于1的整数，一个slot包含至少一个下行TTI，所述广播信令用于指示：每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，所述生成单元120生成的指示信令用于指示：每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，具体包括：
所述生成单元120生成的指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有Q3bit的信息域，其中，Q3为子带组的组数目，Q3为大于或等于1的整数，所述Q3bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标志位，其中，一个标志位用于表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第一个时间单元或者第Z1个时间单元，Z1为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z1为大于或等于2的整数；或者，
所述生成单元120生成的指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有Q4bit的信息域，其中，Q4为子带组的组数目，Q4为大于或等于1的整数，所述Q4bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标识位，其中，一个标志位用于表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第一个时间单元或者第Z2个时间单元，Z2为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z2为大于或等于2的整数；或者，
所述生成单元120生成的指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令中携带有Q5bit的信息域，其中，Q5为子带组的组数目，所述Q5bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标识位，其中，一个标识位用于表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第一个时间单元或者第Z3个时间单元，Z3为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z3为大于或等于2的整数。
可选的，所述生成单元120生成的指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：
所述生成单元120生成的指示信令为DCI，所述DCI用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示所述用于传输下行数据的资源单元中，被其他终端对应的DCI占用的资源单元，并触发终端执行以下操作：基于所述生成单 元120生成的指示信令，从用于传输下行数据的资源单元内除所述被其他终端对应的DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，终端默认所述下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为所述L个下行TTI内的第一个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，所述生成单元120生成的指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：
所述生成单元120生成的指示信令为DCI，所述DCI携带有调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示终端在L个下行TTI内的下行控制区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元以及指示终端在下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，并触发终端执行以下操作：基于所述DCI携带的调度信息，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，所述下行控制区域在时域上占据X个时间单元，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，终端默认所述下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为所述L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元。
可选的，所述调度信息为指定带宽或者每一个子带组上的调度信息，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带。
可选的，所述生成单元120生成的指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：
所述生成单元120生成的指示信令为DCI，所述DCI为每一个子带组携带1bit的信息域，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带；
针对传输所述DCI的每一个特定子带组，与所述每一个特定子带组分别对应的一个1bit的信息域用于指示：在相应的特定子带组中在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内，从除传输所述DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定所述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为所述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数；
针对未传输所述DCI的每一个非特定子带组，与所述每一个非特定子带组分别对应的每一个1bit的信息域用于指示：在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内，确定为所述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为所述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
可选的，所述资源单元为物理资源块PRB、PRB组、控制信道元素CCE或者CCE组中的任意一种。
参阅图13所示，本发明实施例中，一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的装置(如，终端)，至少包括第一接收单元130和第一确定单元131，其中，
第一接收单元130，用于接收基站发送的指示信令；
第一确定单元131，用于基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，L为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，在基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，第一确定单元131用于：
基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元，其中，所述指定带宽为基站使用的部分或全部工作带宽，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个正交频分复用OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有N1bit的信息域，其中，N1为大于或等于1的整数，所述N1bit的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，
所述指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有N2bit的信息域，其中，N2为大于或等于1的整数，所述N2bit的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，
所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令每M1个时隙slot发送一次，其中，M1为大于或等于1的整数，一个slot包含至少一个下行TTI，所述广播信令用于指示在所述M1个slot中的所有L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内所有L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元。
可选的，在基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，第一确定单元131用于：
基于所述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，在基于所述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元时，第一确定单元131具体用于：
基于所述指示信令携带的Q1*N3bit的信息域中每一个N3bit的信息域，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第X个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有Q1*N3bit的信息域，Q1为子带组的组数目，Q1和N3为大于或等于1的整数，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，
基于所述指示信令携带的Q2*N4bit的信息域中每一个N4bit的信息域，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有Q2*N4bit的信息域，Q2为子带组的组数目，Q2和N4为大于或等于1的整数，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，
基于所述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令每M2个时隙slot发送一次，其中，M2为大于或等于1的整数，一个slot包含至少一个下行TTI，X为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，在基于所述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元时，第一确定单元131具体用于：
基于所述指示信令携带的Q3bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z1个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有Q3bit的信 息域，Q3为子带组的组数目，Q3为大于或等于1的整数，Z1为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z1为大于或等于2的整数；或者，
基于所述指示信令携带的Q4bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z2个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有Q4bit的信息域，Q4为子带组的组数目，Q4为大于或等于1的整数，Z2为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z2为大于或等于2的整数；或者，
基于所述指示信令携带的Q5bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z3个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令中携带有Q5bit的信息域，Q5为子带组的组数目，Z3为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z3为大于或等于2的整数。
可选的，在基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，第一确定单元131用于：
基于所述指示信令，在用于传输下行数据的资源单元内，从除被其他装置对应的DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源中，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，所述装置默认下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为所述L个下行TTI内的第一个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示所述用于传输下行数据的资源单元中，被其他装置对应的DCI占用的资源单元。
可选的，在基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，第一确定单元131用于：
基于所述指示信令携带的调度信息，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，所述装置默认下行控制区域在时域上占据X个时间单元，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，以及所述装置默认下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为所述L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI携带有调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述装置在L个下行TTI内的下行控制区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示所述装置在下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元。
可选的，所述调度信息为指定带宽或者每一个子带组上的调度信息，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带。
可选的，在基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，第一确定单元131用于：
所述指示信令为DCI，所述装置从所述DCI中获取为每一个子带组携带1bit的信息域，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带；
针对传输所述DCI的每一个特定子带组，分别基于与所述每一个特定子带组对应的一个1bit的信息域执行以下操作：在相应的特定子带组中在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内，从除传输所述DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定所述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资 源单元，确定为所述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数；
针对未传输所述DCI的每一个非特定子带组，分别基于与所述每一个非特定子带组对应的一个1bit的信息域执行以下操作：在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内的第一个时间单元，确定为所述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为所述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
可选的，所述资源单元为物理资源块PRB、PRB组、控制信道元素CCE或者CCE组中的任意一种。
参阅图14所示，本发明实施例中，另一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的装置(如，终端)，至少包括第二接收单元140和第二确定单元141，其中，
第二接收单元140，用于接收DCI，并基于所述DCI确定所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元；
第二确定单元141，用于基于所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，L为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，在基于所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，第二确定单元141用于：
基于所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定特定子带组和非特定子带组，其中，所述特定子带组为传输所述DCI的子带组，所述非特定子带组为未传输所述DCI的子带组，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，所述装置默认每一个子带组中的下行控制区域，在时域上都占据X个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个正交频分复用OFDM符号，X为预设的数值，X和Y为大于或等于1的整数；
针对每一个特定子带组，第二确定单元141用于：
在一个特定子带组中的下行控制区域内，从除所述资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定在所述一个特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置；针对每一个非特定子带组，第二确定单元141用于：
在一个非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内的第一个OFDM符号，确定为所述一个非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置；或者，
在一个非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元，确定为所述一个非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
参阅图15所示，本发明实施例中，基站包括处理器150和收发机151，其中，
处理器150，用于读取存储器中的程序，执行以下过程：
生成指示信令，其中，上述指示信令用于指示L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，L为大于或等于1的整数；
收发机151，用于在处理器150的控制下发送上述指示信令。
可选的，上述处理器150生成的指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元，其中，上述指定带宽为 基站使用的部分或全部工作带宽，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个正交频分复用OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，上述处理器150生成的指示信令为DCI，上述DCI中携带有N1bit的信息域，其中，N1为大于或等于1的整数，上述N1bit的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，
上述处理器150生成的指示信令为RRC信令，上述RRC信令中携带有N2bit的信息域，其中，N2为大于或等于1的整数，上述N2bit的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，
上述处理器150生成的指示信令为广播信令，上述广播信令每M1个时隙slot发送一次，其中，M1为大于或等于1的整数，一个slot包含至少一个下行TTI，上述广播信令用于指示在上述M1个slot中的所有L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内所有L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元。
可选的，上述处理器150生成的指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：
上述处理器150生成的指示信令用于指示：每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，上述处理器150生成的指示信令用于指示：每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，具体包括：
上述处理器150生成的指示信令为DCI，上述DCI中携带有Q1*N3bit的信息域，其中，Q1为子带组的组数目，Q1和N3为大于或等于1的整数，上述Q1*N3bit的信息域中每一个N3bit的信息域分别对应一个子带组，其中，一个N3bit的信息域表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，
上述处理器150生成的指示信令为RRC信令，上述RRC信令中携带有Q2*N4bit的信息域，其中，Q2为子带组的组数目，Q2和N4为大于或等于1的整数，上述Q2*N4bit的信息域中每一个N4bit的信息域分别对应一个子带组，其中，一个N4bit的信息域表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，
上述处理器150生成的指示信令为广播信令，上述广播信令每M2个时隙slot发送一次，其中，M2为大于或等于1的整数，一个slot包含至少一个下行TTI，上述广播信令用于指示：每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，上述处理器150生成的指示信令用于指示：每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，具体包括：
上述处理器150生成的指示信令为DCI，上述DCI中携带有Q3bit的信息域，其中，Q3为子带组的组数目，Q3为大于或等于1的整数，上述Q3bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标志位，其中，一个标志位用于表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第一个时间单元或者第Z1个时间单元，Z1为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z1为 大于或等于2的整数；或者，
上述处理器150生成的指示信令为RRC信令，上述RRC信令中携带有Q4bit的信息域，其中，Q4为子带组的组数目，Q4为大于或等于1的整数，上述Q4bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标识位，其中，一个标志位用于表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第一个时间单元或者第Z2个时间单元，Z2为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z2为大于或等于2的整数；或者，
上述处理器150生成的指示信令为广播信令，上述广播信令中携带有Q5bit的信息域，其中，Q5为子带组的组数目，上述Q5bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标识位，其中，一个标识位用于表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第一个时间单元或者第Z3个时间单元，Z3为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z3为大于或等于2的整数。
可选的，上述处理器150生成的指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：
上述处理器150生成的指示信令为DCI，上述DCI用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示上述用于传输下行数据的资源单元中，被其他终端对应的DCI占用的资源单元，并触发终端执行以下操作：基于上述处理器150生成的指示信令，从用于传输下行数据的资源单元内除上述被其他终端对应的DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，终端默认上述下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为上述L个下行TTI内的第一个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，上述处理器150生成的指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：
上述处理器150生成的指示信令为DCI，上述DCI携带有调度信息，上述调度信息用于指示终端在L个下行TTI内的下行控制区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元以及指示终端在下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，并触发终端执行以下操作：基于上述DCI携带的调度信息，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，上述下行控制区域在时域上占据X个时间单元，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，终端默认上述下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为上述L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元。
可选的，上述调度信息为指定带宽或者每一个子带组上的调度信息，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带。
可选的，上述处理器150生成的指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：
上述处理器150生成的指示信令为DCI，上述DCI为每一个子带组携带1bit的信息域，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带；
针对传输上述DCI的每一个特定子带组，与上述每一个特定子带组分别对应的一个1bit的信息域用于指示：在相应的特定子带组中在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内，从除传输上述DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定上述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的特定子带组中， 将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为上述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数；
针对未传输上述DCI的每一个非特定子带组，与上述每一个非特定子带组分别对应的每一个1bit的信息域用于指示：在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内，确定为上述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为上述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
可选的，上述资源单元为物理资源块PRB、PRB组、控制信道元素CCE或者CCE组中的任意一种。
其中，在图15中，总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥，具体由处理器150代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起，这些都是本领域所公知的，因此，本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机151可以是多个元件，即包括发送机和接收机，提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。
参阅图16所示，本发明实施例中，终端包括处理器160和收发机161，其中，
收发机161，用于在处理器160的控制下接收指示信令；
处理器160，用于读取存储器中的程序，执行以下过程：
基于上述指示信令，确定L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，L为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，在基于上述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，上述处理器160具体用于：
基于上述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元，其中，上述指定带宽为基站使用的部分或全部工作带宽，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个正交频分复用OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，上述指示信令为DCI，上述DCI中携带有N1bit的信息域，其中，N1为大于或等于1的整数，上述N1bit的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，
上述指示信令为RRC信令，上述RRC信令中携带有N2bit的信息域，其中，N2为大于或等于1的整数，上述N2bit的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，
上述指示信令为广播信令，上述广播信令每M1个时隙slot发送一次，其中，M1为大于或等于1的整数，一个slot包含至少一个下行TTI，上述广播信令用于指示在上述M1个slot中的所有L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内所有L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元。
可选的，在基于上述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置 时，上述处理器160具体用于：
基于上述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，在基于上述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元时，上述处理器160具体具体用于：
基于上述指示信令携带的Q1*N3bit的信息域中每一个N3bit的信息域，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，为第X个时间单元，其中，上述指示信令为DCI，上述DCI中携带有Q1*N3bit的信息域，Q1为子带组的组数目，Q1和N3为大于或等于1的整数，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，
基于上述指示信令携带的Q2*N4bit的信息域中每一个N4bit的信息域，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，上述指示信令为RRC信令，上述RRC信令中携带有Q2*N4bit的信息域，Q2为子带组的组数目，Q2和N4为大于或等于1的整数，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，
基于上述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，上述指示信令为广播信令，上述广播信令每M2个时隙slot发送一次，其中，M2为大于或等于1的整数，一个slot包含至少一个下行TTI，X为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，在基于上述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元时，上述处理器160具体具体用于：
基于上述指示信令携带的Q3bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z1个时间单元，其中，上述指示信令为DCI，上述DCI中携带有Q3bit的信息域，Q3为子带组的组数目，Q3为大于或等于1的整数，Z1为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z1为大于或等于2的整数；或者，
基于上述指示信令携带的Q4bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z2个时间单元，其中，上述指示信令为RRC信令，上述RRC信令中携带有Q4bit的信息域，Q4为子带组的组数目，Q4为大于或等于1的整数，Z2为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z2为大于或等于2的整数；或者，
基于上述指示信令携带的Q5bit的信息域中每一个1bit的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z3个时间单元，其中，上述指示信令为广播信令，上述广播信令中携带有Q5bit的信息域，Q5为子带组的组数目，Z3为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z3为大于或等于2的整数。
可选的，在基于上述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，上述处理器160具体用于：
基于上述指示信令，在用于传输下行数据的资源单元内，从除被其他装置对应的DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源中，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，上述装置默认下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为上述L个下行TTI内的第一个时间 单元，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，上述指示信令为DCI，上述DCI用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示上述用于传输下行数据的资源单元中，被其他装置对应的DCI占用的资源单元。
可选的，在基于上述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，上述处理器160具体用于：
基于上述指示信令携带的调度信息，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，上述装置默认下行控制区域在时域上占据X个时间单元，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，以及上述装置默认下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为上述L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元，上述指示信令为DCI，上述DCI携带有调度信息，上述调度信息用于指示上述装置在L个下行TTI内的下行控制区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示上述装置在下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元。
可选的，上述调度信息为指定带宽或者每一个子带组上的调度信息，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带。
可选的，在基于上述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，上述处理器160具体用于：
上述指示信令为DCI，上述装置从上述DCI中获取为每一个子带组携带1bit的信息域，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带；
针对传输上述DCI的每一个特定子带组，分别基于与上述每一个特定子带组对应的一个1bit的信息域执行以下操作：在相应的特定子带组中在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内，从除传输上述DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定上述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为上述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数；
针对未传输上述DCI的每一个非特定子带组，分别基于与上述每一个非特定子带组对应的一个1bit的信息域执行以下操作：在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内的第一个时间单元，确定为上述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为上述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
可选的，上述资源单元为物理资源块PRB、PRB组、控制信道元素CCE或者CCE组中的任意一种。
其中，在图16中，总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥，具体由处理器160代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起，这些都是本领域所公知的，因此，本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机161可以是多个元件，即包括发送机和接收机，提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的用户设备，用户接口还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口，连接的设备 包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。
处理器160负责管理总线架构和通常的处理，存储器可以存储处理器160在执行操作时所使用的数据。
参阅图17所示，本发明实施例中，终端包括处理器170和收发机171，其中，
收发机171，用于在处理器170的控制下接收DCI；
处理器170，用于读取存储器中的程序，执行以下过程：
基于上述DCI确定上述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元；
基于上述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，L为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，在基于上述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，上述处理器170具体用于：
基于上述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定特定子带组和非特定子带组，其中，上述特定子带组为传输上述DCI的子带组，上述非特定子带组为未传输上述DCI的子带组，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，上述装置默认每一个子带组中的下行控制区域，在时域上都占据X个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个正交频分复用OFDM符号，X为预设的数值，X和Y为大于或等于1的整数；
针对每一个特定子带组，上述处理器170具体用于：
在一个特定子带组中的下行控制区域内，从除上述资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定在上述一个特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置；针对每一个非特定子带组，上述处理器170具体用于：
在一个非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内的第一个OFDM符号，确定为上述一个非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置；或者，
在一个非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元，确定为上述一个非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
其中，在图17中，总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥，具体由处理器170代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起，这些都是本领域所公知的，因此，本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机171可以是多个元件，即包括发送机和接收机，提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的用户设备，用户接口还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口，连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。
处理器170负责管理总线架构和通常的处理，存储器可以存储处理器170在执行操作时所使用的数据。
综上所述，本发明实施例中，在确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置的过程中，基站将生成指示信令发送给终端，终端在接收到上述指示信令后，基于上述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。采用上述方法，当下行控制信道只出现在频域上的部分位置或者不出现时，且在时域上不需要占满整个下行控制区域或者在时域上所占资源单元可变时，基站都可以向终端准确地通知下行数据信道的时域起始位置，令终端可以准确地接收下行数据，从而提高了终端接收下行数据的效率和可靠性，进而提升了频谱效率，同时也提升了用户体验。
本领域内的技术人员应明白，本发明的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此，本发明可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且，本发明可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。
本发明是参照根据本发明实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器，使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中，使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品，该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上，使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理，从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。
尽管已描述了本发明的优选实施例，但本领域内的技术人员一旦得知了基本创造性概念，则可对这些实施例作出另外的变更和修改。所以，所附权利要求意欲解释为包括优选实施例以及落入本发明范围的所有变更和修改。
显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本发明实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本发明实施例的精神和范围。这样，倘若本发明实施例的这些修改和变型属于本发明权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本发明也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。

Claims (51)

  1. 一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的方法，应用于第五代移动通信技术5G系统，其特征在于，包括：
    基站生成指示信令，其中，所述指示信令用于指示L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，L为大于或等于1的整数；
    基站将所述指示信令发送给终端。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述指示信令指示的L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元，其中，所述指定带宽为基站使用的部分或全部工作带宽，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个正交频分复用OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述指示信令为下行控制信令DCI，所述DCI中携带有N1比特的信息域，其中，N1为大于或等于1的整数，所述N1比特的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，
    所述指示信令为无线资源控制RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有N2比特的信息域，其中，N2为大于或等于1的整数，所述N2比特的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所示时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，
    所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令每M1个时隙发送一次，其中，M1为大于或等于1的整数，一个时隙包含至少一个下行TTI，所述广播信令用于指示在所述M1个时隙中的所有L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为指定带宽内所有L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元。
  4. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述指示信令指示的L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，所述时域起始位置为指定的时间单元；其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有Q1*N3比特的信息域，其中，Q1为子带组的组数目，Q1和N3均为大于或等于1的整数，所述Q1*N3比特的信息域中每一个N3比特的信息域分别对应一个子带组，其中，一个N3比特的信息域用于指示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，
    所述指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有Q2*N4比特的信息域，其中，Q2为子带组的组数目，Q2和N4均为大于或等于1的整数，所述Q2*N4比特的信息域中每一个N4比特的信息域分别对应一个子带组，其中，一个N4比特的信息域用于指示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，
    所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令每M2个时隙发送一次，其中，M2为大于或等于1的整数，一个时隙包含至少一个下行TTI，所述广播信令用于指示：每一个子带 组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数。
  6. 如权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于：
    所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有Q3比特的信息域，其中，Q3为子带组的组数目，Q3为大于或等于1的整数，所述Q3比特的信息域中每一个1比特的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标志位，其中，一个标志位用于表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者第Z1个时间单元，Z1为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z1为大于或等于2的整数；或者，
    所述指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有Q4比特的信息域，其中，Q4为子带组的组数目，Q4为大于或等于1的整数，所述Q4比特的信息域中每一个1比特的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标识位，其中，一个标志位用于表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者第Z2个时间单元，Z2为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z2为大于或等于2的整数；或者，
    所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令中携带有Q5比特的信息域，其中，Q5为子带组的组数目，所述Q5比特的信息域中每一个1比特的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标识位，其中，一个标识位用于表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者第Z3个时间单元，Z3为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z3为大于或等于2的整数。
  7. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示所述用于传输下行数据的资源单元中，被其他终端对应的DCI占用的资源单元，并触发终端执行以下操作：基于所述指示信令，从用于传输下行数据的资源单元内除所述被其他终端对应的DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，终端默认所述下行数据区域的时域起始位置为所述L个下行TTI内的第一个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
  8. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI携带有调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示终端在L个下行TTI内的下行控制区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示终端在下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，并触发终端执行以下操作：基于所述DCI携带的调度信息，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，所述下行控制区域在时域上占据X个时间单元，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，终端默认所述下行数据区域的时域起始位置为所述L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元。
  9. 如权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述调度信息为指定带宽或者每一个子带组上的调度信息，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带。
  10. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI为每一个子带组携带1比特的信息域，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带；
    针对传输所述DCI的每一个特定子带组，与所述每一个特定子带组分别对应的一个1 比特的信息域用于指示：在相应的特定子带组中在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内，从除传输所述DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定所述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为所述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数；
    针对未传输所述DCI的每一个非特定子带组，与所述每一个非特定子带组分别对应的每一个1比特的信息域用于指示：在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内的第一个时间单元，确定为所述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为所述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
  11. 如权利要求7-10任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述资源单元为物理资源块PRB、PRB组、控制信道元素CCE或者CCE组中的任意一种。
  12. 一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的方法，应用于第五代移动通信技术5G系统，其特征在于，包括：
    终端接收基站发送的指示信令；
    所述终端基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，L为大于或等于1的整数。
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：
    所述终端基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元，其中，所述指定带宽为基站使用的部分或全部工作带宽，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个正交频分复用OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
  14. 如权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述指示信令为下行控制信令DCI，所述DCI中携带有N1比特的信息域，其中，N1为大于或等于1的整数，所述N1比特的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，
    所述指示信令为无线资源控制RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有N2比特的信息域，其中，N2为大于或等于1的整数，所述N2比特的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，
    所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令每M1个时隙发送一次，其中，M1为大于或等于1的整数，一个时隙包含至少一个下行TTI，所述广播信令用于指示在所述M1个时隙中的所有L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为：指定带宽内所有L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元。
  15. 如权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：
    所述终端基于所述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端基于所述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，具体包括：
    所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有Q1*N3比特的信息域，Q1为子带组的组数目，Q1和N3为大于或等于1的整数，X为大于或等于1的整数；所述终端基于所述DCI携带的Q1*N3比特的信息域中每一个N3比特的信息域，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元；或者，
    所述指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有Q2*N4比特的信息域，Q2为子带组的组数目，Q2和N4为大于或等于1的整数，X为大于或等于1的整数；所述终端基于所述RRC信令携带的Q2*N4比特的信息域中每一个N4 bit的信息域，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元；或者，所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令每M2个时隙发送一次，其中，M2为大于或等于1的整数，一个时隙包含至少一个下行TTI，X为大于或等于1的整数；所述终端基于所述广播信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第X个时间单元。
  17. 如权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端基于所述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，具体包括：
    所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有Q3比特的信息域，Q3为子带组的组数目，Q3为大于或等于1的整数，Z1为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z1为大于或等于2的整数；所述终端基于所述DCI携带的Q3比特的信息域中每一个1比特的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z1个时间单元；或者，
    所述指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有Q4比特的信息域，Q4为子带组的组数目，Q4为大于或等于1的整数，Z2为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z2为大于或等于2的整数；所述终端基于所述RRC信令携带的Q4 bit的信息域中每一个1比特的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z2个时间单元；或者，
    所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令中携带有Q5比特的信息域，Q5为子带组的组数目，Z3为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z3为大于或等于2的整数；所述终端基于所述广播信令携带的Q5比特的信息域中每一个1比特的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z3个时间单元。
  18. 如权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示所述用于传输下行数据的资源单元中，被其他终端对应的DCI占用的资源单元；
    所述终端基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置， 包括：
    所述终端基于所述DCI，在用于传输下行数据的资源单元内，从除被其他终端对应的DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源中，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，终端默认下行数据区域的时域起始位置为所述L个下行TTI内的第一个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
  19. 如权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI携带有调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示终端在L个下行TTI内的下行控制区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示终端在下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元；
    所述终端基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：
    所述终端基于所述DCI携带的调度信息，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，终端默认下行控制区域在时域上占据X个时间单元，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，以及终端默认下行数据区域的时域起始位置为所述L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元。
  20. 如权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述调度信息为指定带宽或者每一个子带组上的调度信息，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带。
  21. 如权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：
    所述指示信令为DCI，终端从所述DCI中获取为每一个子带组携带1 bit的信息域，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带；
    所述终端针对传输所述DCI的每一个特定子带组，分别基于与所述每一个特定子带组对应的一个1比特的信息域执行以下操作：在相应的特定子带组中在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内，从除传输所述DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定所述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为所述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数；
    所述终端针对未传输所述DCI的每一个非特定子带组，分别基于与所述每一个非特定子带组对应的一个1比特的信息域执行以下操作：在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内的第一个时间单元，确定为所述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为所述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
  22. 如权利要求18-21任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述资源单元为物理资源块PRB、PRB组、控制信道元素CCE或者CCE组中的任意一种。
  23. 一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的方法，应用于第五代移动通信技术5G系统，其特征在于，包括：
    终端接收下行控制信令DCI，并基于所述DCI确定所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的 资源单元；
    终端基于所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，L为大于或等于1的整数。
  24. 如权利要求23所述的方法，其特征在于，终端基于所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：
    终端基于所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定特定子带组和非特定子带组，其中，所述特定子带组为传输所述DCI的子带组，所述非特定子带组为未传输所述DCI的子带组，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，终端默认每一个子带组中的下行控制区域，在时域上都占据X个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个正交频分复用OFDM符号，X为预设的数值，X和Y为大于或等于1的整数；
    终端针对每一个特定子带组，分别执行以下操作：
    在一个特定子带组中的下行控制区域内，从除所述资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定在所述一个特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置；
    终端针对每一个非特定子带组，分别执行以下操作：
    在一个非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内的第一个OFDM符号，确定为所述一个非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置；或者，
    在一个非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元，确定为所述一个非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
  25. 一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的装置，应用于第五代移动通信技术5G系统，其特征在于，包括：
    生成单元，用于生成指示信令，其中，所述指示信令用于指示L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，L为大于或等于1的整数；
    发送单元，用于将所述指示信令发送给终端。
  26. 如权利要求25所述的装置，其特征在于，所述生成单元生成的指示信令指示的L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元，其中，所述指定带宽为基站使用的部分或全部工作带宽，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个正交频分复用OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
  27. 如权利要求26所述的装置，其特征在于，所述生成单元生成的指示信令为下行控制信令DCI，所述DCI中携带有N1比特的信息域，其中，N1为大于或等于1的整数，所述N1比特的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，
    所述生成单元生成的指示信令为无线资源控制RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有N2比特的信息域，其中，N2为大于或等于1的整数，所述N2比特的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，
    所述生成单元生成的指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令每M1个时隙发送一次，其中，M1为大于或等于1的整数，一个时隙包含至少一个下行TTI，所述广播信令用于指示在所述M1个时隙中的所有L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为：指定带宽内所有L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元。
  28. 如权利要求25所述的装置，其特征在于，所述生成单元生成的指示信令用于指 示：每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
  29. 如权利要求28所述的装置，其特征在于，所述生成单元生成的指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有Q1*N3比特的信息域，其中，Q1为子带组的组数目，Q1和N3均为大于或等于1的整数，所述Q1*N3比特的信息域中每一个N3比特的信息域分别对应一个子带组，其中，一个N3比特的信息域用于指示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，
    所述生成单元生成的指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有Q2*N4比特的信息域，其中，Q2为子带组的组数目，Q2和N4为大于或等于1的整数，所述Q2*N4比特的信息域中每一个N4比特的信息域分别对应一个子带组，其中，一个N4比特的信息域用于指示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，
    所述生成单元生成的指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令每M2个时隙发送一次，其中，M2为大于或等于1的整数，一个时隙包含至少一个下行TTI，所述广播信令用于指示：每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数。
  30. 如权利要求28所述的装置，其特征在于：
    所述生成单元生成的指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有Q3比特的信息域，其中，Q3为子带组的组数目，Q3为大于或等于1的整数，所述Q3比特的信息域中每一个1比特的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标志位，其中，一个标志位用于表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所示时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者第Z1个时间单元，Z1为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z1为大于或等于2的整数；或者，
    所述生成单元生成的指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有Q4比特的信息域，其中，Q4为子带组的组数目，Q4为大于或等于1的整数，所述Q4比特的信息域中每一个1比特的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标识位，其中，一个标志位用于表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所示时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者第Z2个时间单元，Z2为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z2为大于或等于2的整数；或者，
    所述生成单元生成的指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令中携带有Q5比特的信息域，其中，Q5为子带组的组数目，所述Q5比特的信息域中每一个1比特的信息域分别表示对应一个子带组设置的标识位，其中，一个标识位用于表示：对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者第Z3个时间单元，Z3为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z3为大于或等于2的整数。
  31. 如权利要求25所述的装置，其特征在于，所述生成单元生成的指示信令为DCI，所述DCI用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示所述用于传输下行数据的资源单元中，被其他终端对应的DCI占用的资源单元，并触 发终端执行以下操作：基于所述生成单元生成的指示信令，从用于传输下行数据的资源单元内除所述被其他终端对应的DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，终端默认所述下行数据区域的时域起始位置为所述L个下行TTI内的第一个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
  32. 如权利要求25所述的装置，其特征在于，所述生成单元生成的指示信令为DCI，所述DCI携带有调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示终端在L个下行TTI内的下行控制区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元以及指示终端在下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，并触发终端执行以下操作：基于所述DCI携带的调度信息，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，所述下行控制区域在时域上占据X个时间单元，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，终端默认所述下行数据区域的时域起始位置为所述L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元。
  33. 如权利要求32所述的装置，其特征在于，所述调度信息为指定带宽或者每一个子带组上的调度信息，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带。
  34. 如权利要求25所述的装置，其特征在于，所述生成单元生成的指示信令用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，包括：
    所述生成单元生成的指示信令为DCI，所述DCI为每一个子带组携带1比特的信息域，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带；
    针对传输所述DCI的每一个特定子带组，与所述每一个特定子带组分别对应的一个1比特的信息域用于指示：在相应的特定子带组中在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内，从除传输所述DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定所述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为所述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数；
    针对未传输所述DCI的每一个非特定子带组，与所述每一个非特定子带组分别对应的每一个1比特的信息域用于指示：在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内的第一个时间单元，确定为所述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为所述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
  35. 如权利要求31-34任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述资源单元为物理资源块PRB、PRB组、控制信道元素CCE或者CCE组中的任意一种。
  36. 一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的装置，应用于第五代移动通信技术5G系统，其特征在于，包括：
    第一接收单元，用于接收基站发送的指示信令；
    第一确定单元，用于基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，L为大于或等于1的整数。
  37. 如权利要求36所述的装置，其特征在于，在基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，所述第一确定单元用于：
    基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元，其中，所述指定带宽为基站使用的部分或全部工作带宽，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个正交频分复用OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
  38. 如权利要求37所述的装置，其特征在于，所述指示信令为下行控制信令DCI，所述DCI中携带有N1比特的信息域，其中，N1为大于或等于1的整数，所述N1比特的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，
    所述指示信令为无线资源控制RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有N2比特的信息域，其中，N2为大于或等于1的整数，所述N2比特的信息域用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为：指定带宽内L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元；或者，
    所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令每M1个时隙发送一次，其中，M1为大于或等于1的整数，一个时隙包含至少一个下行TTI，所述广播信令用于指示在所述M1个时隙中的所有L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为：指定带宽内所有L个下行TTI内的第X个时间单元。
  39. 如权利要求36所述的装置，其特征在于，在基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，所述第一确定单元用于：
    基于所述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数。
  40. 如权利要求39所述的装置，其特征在于，在基于所述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元时，所述第一确定单元具体用于：
    基于所述指示信令携带的Q1*N3比特的信息域中每一个N3比特的信息域，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有Q1*N3 bit的信息域，Q1为子带组的组数目，Q1和N3为大于或等于1的整数，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，
    基于所述指示信令携带的Q2*N4比特的信息域中每一个N4比特的信息域，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有Q2*N4 bit的信息域，Q2为子带组的组数目，Q2和N4为大于或等于1的整数，X为大于或等于1的整数；或者，
    基于所述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为第X个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令每M2个时隙发送一次，其中，M2为大于或等于1的整数，一个时隙包含至少一个下行TTI，X为大于或等于1的整数。
  41. 如权利要求39所述的装置，其特征在于，在基于所述指示信令，分别确定每一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置为指定的时间单元时，所述第一确定单元具体用于：
    基于所述指示信令携带的Q3比特的信息域中每一个1比特的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z1个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI中携带有Q3比特的信息域，Q3为子带组的组数目，Q3为大于或等于1的整数，Z1为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z1为大于或等于2的整数；或者，
    基于所述指示信令携带的Q4 bit的信息域中每一个1比特的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z2个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为RRC信令，所述RRC信令中携带有Q4比特尔的信息域，Q4为子带组的组数目，Q4为大于或等于1的整数，Z2为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z2为大于或等于2的整数；或者，
    基于所述指示信令携带的Q5比特的信息域中每一个1比特的信息域对应的标志位，分别确定对应的一个子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，所述时域起始位置为第一个时间单元或者为第Z3个时间单元，其中，所述指示信令为广播信令，所述广播信令中携带有Q5比特的信息域，Q5为子带组的组数目，Z3为预设的数值、RRC信令通知的数值或者广播信令通知的数值，Z3为大于或等于2的整数。
  42. 如权利要求36所述的装置，其特征在于，在基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，所述第一确定单元用于：
    基于所述指示信令，在用于传输下行数据的资源单元内，从除被其他装置对应的DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源中，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，所述装置默认下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为所述L个下行TTI内的第一个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI用于指示L个下行TTI内的下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示所述用于传输下行数据的资源单元中，被其他装置对应的DCI占用的资源单元。
  43. 如权利要求36所述的装置，其特征在于，在基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，所述第一确定单元用于：
    基于所述指示信令携带的调度信息，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，所述装置默认下行控制区域在时域上占据X个时间单元，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数，以及所述装置默认下行数据区域的时域起始位置，为所述L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元，所述指示信令为DCI，所述DCI携带有调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述装置在L个下行TTI内的下行控制区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元，以及指示所述装置在下行数据区域中用于传输下行数据的资源单元。
  44. 如权利要求43所述的装置，其特征在于，所述调度信息为指定带宽或者每一个子带组上的调度信息，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带。
  45. 如权利要求36所述的装置，其特征在于，在基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行 TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，所述第一确定单元用于：
    所述指示信令为DCI，所述装置从所述DCI中获取为每一个子带组携带1比特的信息域，其中，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带；
    针对传输所述DCI的每一个特定子带组，分别基于与所述每一个特定子带组对应的一个1 bit的信息域执行以下操作：在相应的特定子带组中在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内，从除传输所述DCI占用的资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定所述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为所述相应的特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，X为大于或等于1的整数，一个时间单元包含Y个OFDM符号，Y为大于或等于1的整数；
    针对未传输所述DCI的每一个非特定子带组，分别基于与所述每一个非特定子带组对应的一个1比特的信息域执行以下操作：在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域内的第一个时间单元，确定为所述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，或者，在相应的非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内，在时域上占据X个时间单元的下行控制区域之后的第一个资源单元，确定为所述相应的非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
  46. 如权利要求42-45任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述资源单元为物理资源块PRB、PRB组、控制信道元素CCE或者CCE组中的任意一种。
  47. 一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的装置，应用于第五代移动通信技术5G系统，其特征在于，包括：
    第二接收单元，用于接收下行控制信令DCI，并基于所述DCI确定所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元；
    第二确定单元，用于基于所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，L为大于或等于1的整数。
  48. 如权利要求47所述的装置，其特征在于，在基于所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置时，所述第二确定单元用于：
    基于所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定特定子带组和非特定子带组，其中，所述特定子带组为传输所述DCI的子带组，所述非特定子带组为未传输所述DCI的子带组，每一个子带组至少包括一个子带，所述装置默认每一个子带组中的下行控制区域，在时域上都占据X个时间单元，一个时间单元包含Y个正交频分复用OFDM符号，X为预设的数值，X和Y为大于或等于1的整数；
    针对每一个特定子带组，所述第二确定单元用于：
    在一个特定子带组中的下行控制区域内，从除所述资源单元之外的其他资源单元中，确定在所述一个特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置；
    针对每一个非特定子带组，所述第二确定单元用于：
    在一个非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内的第一个OFDM符号，确定为所述一个非特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置；或者，
    在一个非特定子带组中，将L个下行TTI内的第X+1个时间单元，确定为所述一个非 特定子带组中L个下行TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置。
  49. 一种基站，其特征在于，包括：处理器、收发机和存储器；
    所述处理器，用于读取所述存储器中的程序，执行下列过程：生成指示信令，并通过所述收发机将所述指示信令发送给终端，其中，所述指示信令用于指示L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，L为大于或等于1的整数；
    所述收发机，用于在所述处理器的控制下接收和发送数据。
  50. 一种终端，其特征在于，包括：处理器、收发机和存储器；
    所述处理器，用于读取所述存储器中的程序，执行下列过程：通过所述收发机接收基站发送的指示信令，并基于所述指示信令，确定L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，L为大于或等于1的整数；
    所述收发机，用于在所述处理器的控制下接收和发送数据。
  51. 一种终端，其特征在于，包括：处理器、收发机和存储器；
    所述处理器，用于读取所述存储器中的程序，执行下列过程：通过所述收发机接收下行控制信令DCI，并基于所述DCI确定所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，基于所述DCI在下行控制区域中占用的资源单元，确定L个下行传输时间间隔TTI内的下行数据信道的时域起始位置，其中，L为大于或等于1的整数；
    所述收发机，用于在所述处理器的控制下接收和发送数据。
PCT/CN2018/077594 2017-01-06 2018-02-28 一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的方法及装置 WO2018127250A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/476,120 US11515988B2 (en) 2017-01-06 2018-02-28 Method and device for determining initial positions of downlink data channel

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710011429.4 2017-01-06
CN201710011429.4A CN108282880B (zh) 2017-01-06 2017-01-06 一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的方法及装置

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018127250A1 true WO2018127250A1 (zh) 2018-07-12

Family

ID=62789387

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/077594 WO2018127250A1 (zh) 2017-01-06 2018-02-28 一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的方法及装置

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (1) US11515988B2 (zh)
CN (1) CN108282880B (zh)
WO (1) WO2018127250A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108347325B (zh) * 2017-01-25 2021-08-20 华为技术有限公司 一种信息传输方法及装置
WO2018227578A1 (en) * 2017-06-16 2018-12-20 Zte Corporation System and method for allocating resource blocks
CN111356215B (zh) * 2018-12-20 2021-09-10 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种信息处理方法、装置、设备及计算机可读存储介质
US11387960B2 (en) * 2021-06-14 2022-07-12 Ultralogic 6G, Llc Downlink demarcations for rapid, reliable 5G/6G messaging
WO2023197264A1 (zh) * 2022-04-14 2023-10-19 北京小米移动软件有限公司 资源配置的方法、装置、通信设备及存储介质

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012235340A (ja) * 2011-05-02 2012-11-29 Ntt Docomo Inc 無線基地局装置、ユーザ端末装置、無線通信システム、及び無線通信方法
CN104348579A (zh) * 2013-08-05 2015-02-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 下行信道时域位置确定方法和装置
CN105099634A (zh) * 2014-05-09 2015-11-25 中兴通讯股份有限公司 动态资源的分配方法及装置、基站、终端

Family Cites Families (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009075484A2 (en) * 2007-12-12 2009-06-18 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for physical control format indicator channel mapping
US20100120442A1 (en) * 2008-11-12 2010-05-13 Motorola, Inc. Resource sharing in relay operations within wireless communication systems
CN102215570B (zh) * 2010-04-02 2016-04-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 中继链路边界的指示及确定方法、基站
CN115767752A (zh) * 2011-02-11 2023-03-07 交互数字专利控股公司 用于增强型控制信道的系统和方法
ES2933488T3 (es) * 2011-09-30 2023-02-09 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Procedimiento y aparato para transmitir y recibir datos en un sistema de comunicación inalámbrica
KR101666286B1 (ko) * 2011-10-09 2016-10-13 엘지전자 주식회사 무선통신 시스템에서 데이터 채널의 시작 위치 설정 방법 및 상기 방법을 이용하는 장치
KR102094050B1 (ko) * 2012-01-27 2020-03-27 인터디지탈 패튼 홀딩스, 인크 다중 캐리어 기반형 및/또는 의사 조합형 네트워크에서 epdcch를 제공하는 시스템 및/또는 방법
US9178680B2 (en) * 2012-03-23 2015-11-03 Alcatel Lucent Control signaling for downlink coordinated multipoint wireless communication
EP3444995B1 (en) * 2012-05-11 2021-07-07 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) A node and method for downlink communications scheduling
CN103621168B (zh) * 2012-06-28 2017-05-10 华为技术有限公司 下行数据的反馈信息的传输方法及终端、基站
CN103716841A (zh) * 2012-09-29 2014-04-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 信息传输方法及装置
US9456441B2 (en) * 2012-11-05 2016-09-27 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Terminal device, integrated circuit, radio communication method, and base station device
CN104125186B (zh) * 2013-04-28 2019-08-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种解调参考信号图样信息的选取方法、系统及装置
CN110620747B (zh) * 2013-08-09 2022-05-10 寰发股份有限公司 确定数据信道起始子帧的用户设备和方法
KR102278389B1 (ko) * 2015-06-26 2021-07-16 삼성전자 주식회사 무선 셀룰라 통신 시스템에서 감소된 전송시간구간을 이용한 송수신 방법 및 장치
CA3012395C (en) * 2016-01-27 2020-10-27 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Communication method and communications apparatus
US10813065B2 (en) * 2016-07-01 2020-10-20 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Method and device for signal detection
KR102618292B1 (ko) * 2016-08-11 2023-12-28 삼성전자 주식회사 차세대 셀룰러 네트워크에서 데이터 전송 방법 및 장치

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012235340A (ja) * 2011-05-02 2012-11-29 Ntt Docomo Inc 無線基地局装置、ユーザ端末装置、無線通信システム、及び無線通信方法
CN104348579A (zh) * 2013-08-05 2015-02-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 下行信道时域位置确定方法和装置
CN105099634A (zh) * 2014-05-09 2015-11-25 中兴通讯股份有限公司 动态资源的分配方法及装置、基站、终端

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US11515988B2 (en) 2022-11-29
CN108282880A (zh) 2018-07-13
CN108282880B (zh) 2019-11-08
US20190356459A1 (en) 2019-11-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018127250A1 (zh) 一种确定下行数据信道的起始位置的方法及装置
EP3439393B1 (en) Transmission resource indication method, base station, user equipment and transmission resource indication system
WO2020035069A1 (zh) 一种上行传输指示的方法、终端、基站及计算机存储介质
CN110138531B (zh) 混合自动重传请求应答的传输方法及其装置
WO2019201023A1 (zh) 数据传输方法及装置
KR102322471B1 (ko) 다운링크 데이터 송신에 사용되는 자원을 결정 및 구성하는 방법, 단말 및 기지국
WO2012019412A1 (zh) 一种测量参考信号的配置方法及系统
WO2019153896A1 (zh) 一种确定dci中信息域取值的方法及装置
TWI733934B (zh) 通訊方法、終端和網路設備
CN109842576B (zh) 利用控制资源集的预编码粒度进行信道估计的方法和设备
WO2016070424A1 (zh) 一种物理下行控制信道的传输方法、基站设备及用户设备
JP2020519168A (ja) リソース指示方法および装置
WO2018045586A1 (zh) 导频信号的传输方法和设备
WO2021013088A1 (zh) 传输方式确定、信息配置方法和设备
TWI757359B (zh) 調度終端設備的方法、網路設備和終端設備
WO2017133479A1 (zh) 一种下行控制信息传输方法及装置
CN109937589A (zh) 发送和接收数据的方法和装置
CN110139374B (zh) 一种资源指示方法、用户设备及网络侧设备
WO2019029463A1 (zh) 一种接收控制信息、发送控制信息的方法及设备
US20200067662A1 (en) Reference Signal Transmission Method and Terminal Device
WO2015039626A1 (zh) 一种发送和接收数据的方法、系统及设备
WO2018127213A1 (zh) 一种上行传输方法、终端及基站
JP2020524965A (ja) スロットの構成を示すための方法および装置、ならびにスロットの構成を決定するための方法および装置
WO2021204275A1 (zh) 一种反馈信息的发送方法及装置
CN116803044A (zh) 配置解调参考信号捆绑和传输块调度

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18736246

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18736246

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1